githubv4

package module
v0.0.0-...-4829585 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Jul 27, 2024 License: MIT Imports: 8 Imported by: 770

README

githubv4

Go Reference

Package githubv4 is a client library for accessing GitHub GraphQL API v4 (https://docs.github.com/en/graphql).

If you're looking for a client library for GitHub REST API v3, the recommended package is github (also known as go-github).

Focus

  • Friendly, simple and powerful API.
  • Correctness, high performance and efficiency.
  • Support all of GitHub GraphQL API v4 via code generation from schema.

Installation

go get github.com/shurcooL/githubv4

Usage

Authentication

GitHub GraphQL API v4 requires authentication. The githubv4 package does not directly handle authentication. Instead, when creating a new client, you're expected to pass an http.Client that performs authentication. The easiest and recommended way to do this is to use the golang.org/x/oauth2 package. You'll need an OAuth token from GitHub (for example, a personal API token) with the right scopes. Then:

import "golang.org/x/oauth2"

func main() {
	src := oauth2.StaticTokenSource(
		&oauth2.Token{AccessToken: os.Getenv("GITHUB_TOKEN")},
	)
	httpClient := oauth2.NewClient(context.Background(), src)

	client := githubv4.NewClient(httpClient)
	// Use client...
}

If you are using GitHub Enterprise, use githubv4.NewEnterpriseClient:

client := githubv4.NewEnterpriseClient(os.Getenv("GITHUB_ENDPOINT"), httpClient)
// Use client...
Simple Query

To make a query, you need to define a Go type that corresponds to the GitHub GraphQL schema, and contains the fields you're interested in querying. You can look up the GitHub GraphQL schema at https://docs.github.com/en/graphql/reference/queries.

For example, to make the following GraphQL query:

query {
	viewer {
		login
		createdAt
	}
}

You can define this variable:

var query struct {
	Viewer struct {
		Login     githubv4.String
		CreatedAt githubv4.DateTime
	}
}

Then call client.Query, passing a pointer to it:

err := client.Query(context.Background(), &query, nil)
if err != nil {
	// Handle error.
}
fmt.Println("    Login:", query.Viewer.Login)
fmt.Println("CreatedAt:", query.Viewer.CreatedAt)

// Output:
//     Login: gopher
// CreatedAt: 2017-05-26 21:17:14 +0000 UTC
Scalar Types

For each scalar in the GitHub GraphQL schema listed at https://docs.github.com/en/graphql/reference/scalars, there is a corresponding Go type in package githubv4.

You can use these types when writing queries:

var query struct {
	Viewer struct {
		Login          githubv4.String
		CreatedAt      githubv4.DateTime
		IsBountyHunter githubv4.Boolean
		BioHTML        githubv4.HTML
		WebsiteURL     githubv4.URI
	}
}
// Call client.Query() and use results in query...

However, depending on how you're planning to use the results of your query, it's often more convenient to use other Go types.

The encoding/json rules are used for converting individual JSON-encoded fields from a GraphQL response into Go values. See https://godoc.org/encoding/json#Unmarshal for details. The json.Unmarshaler interface is respected.

That means you can simplify the earlier query by using predeclared Go types:

// import "time"

var query struct {
	Viewer struct {
		Login          string    // E.g., "gopher".
		CreatedAt      time.Time // E.g., time.Date(2017, 5, 26, 21, 17, 14, 0, time.UTC).
		IsBountyHunter bool      // E.g., true.
		BioHTML        string    // E.g., `I am learning <a href="https://graphql.org">GraphQL</a>!`.
		WebsiteURL     string    // E.g., "https://golang.org".
	}
}
// Call client.Query() and use results in query...

The DateTime scalar is described as "an ISO-8601 encoded UTC date string". If you wanted to fetch in that form without parsing it into a time.Time, you can use the string type. For example, this would work:

// import "html/template"

type MyBoolean bool

var query struct {
	Viewer struct {
		Login          string        // E.g., "gopher".
		CreatedAt      string        // E.g., "2017-05-26T21:17:14Z".
		IsBountyHunter MyBoolean     // E.g., MyBoolean(true).
		BioHTML        template.HTML // E.g., template.HTML(`I am learning <a href="https://graphql.org">GraphQL</a>!`).
		WebsiteURL     template.URL  // E.g., template.URL("https://golang.org").
	}
}
// Call client.Query() and use results in query...
Arguments and Variables

Often, you'll want to specify arguments on some fields. You can use the graphql struct field tag for this.

For example, to make the following GraphQL query:

{
	repository(owner: "octocat", name: "Hello-World") {
		description
	}
}

You can define this variable:

var q struct {
	Repository struct {
		Description string
	} `graphql:"repository(owner: \"octocat\", name: \"Hello-World\")"`
}

Then call client.Query:

err := client.Query(context.Background(), &q, nil)
if err != nil {
	// Handle error.
}
fmt.Println(q.Repository.Description)

// Output:
// My first repository on GitHub!

However, that'll only work if the arguments are constant and known in advance. Otherwise, you will need to make use of variables. Replace the constants in the struct field tag with variable names:

// fetchRepoDescription fetches description of repo with owner and name.
func fetchRepoDescription(ctx context.Context, owner, name string) (string, error) {
	var q struct {
		Repository struct {
			Description string
		} `graphql:"repository(owner: $owner, name: $name)"`
	}

When sending variables to GraphQL, you need to use exact types that match GraphQL scalar types, otherwise the GraphQL server will return an error.

So, define a variables map with their values that are converted to GraphQL scalar types:

	variables := map[string]interface{}{
		"owner": githubv4.String(owner),
		"name":  githubv4.String(name),
	}

Finally, call client.Query providing variables:

	err := client.Query(ctx, &q, variables)
	return q.Repository.Description, err
}
Inline Fragments

Some GraphQL queries contain inline fragments. You can use the graphql struct field tag to express them.

For example, to make the following GraphQL query:

{
	repositoryOwner(login: "github") {
		login
		... on Organization {
			description
		}
		... on User {
			bio
		}
	}
}

You can define this variable:

var q struct {
	RepositoryOwner struct {
		Login        string
		Organization struct {
			Description string
		} `graphql:"... on Organization"`
		User struct {
			Bio string
		} `graphql:"... on User"`
	} `graphql:"repositoryOwner(login: \"github\")"`
}

Alternatively, you can define the struct types corresponding to inline fragments, and use them as embedded fields in your query:

type (
	OrganizationFragment struct {
		Description string
	}
	UserFragment struct {
		Bio string
	}
)

var q struct {
	RepositoryOwner struct {
		Login                string
		OrganizationFragment `graphql:"... on Organization"`
		UserFragment         `graphql:"... on User"`
	} `graphql:"repositoryOwner(login: \"github\")"`
}

Then call client.Query:

err := client.Query(context.Background(), &q, nil)
if err != nil {
	// Handle error.
}
fmt.Println(q.RepositoryOwner.Login)
fmt.Println(q.RepositoryOwner.Description)
fmt.Println(q.RepositoryOwner.Bio)

// Output:
// github
// How people build software.
//
Pagination

Imagine you wanted to get a complete list of comments in an issue, and not just the first 10 or so. To do that, you'll need to perform multiple queries and use pagination information. For example:

type comment struct {
	Body   string
	Author struct {
		Login     string
		AvatarURL string `graphql:"avatarUrl(size: 72)"`
	}
	ViewerCanReact bool
}
var q struct {
	Repository struct {
		Issue struct {
			Comments struct {
				Nodes    []comment
				PageInfo struct {
					EndCursor   githubv4.String
					HasNextPage bool
				}
			} `graphql:"comments(first: 100, after: $commentsCursor)"` // 100 per page.
		} `graphql:"issue(number: $issueNumber)"`
	} `graphql:"repository(owner: $repositoryOwner, name: $repositoryName)"`
}
variables := map[string]interface{}{
	"repositoryOwner": githubv4.String(owner),
	"repositoryName":  githubv4.String(name),
	"issueNumber":     githubv4.Int(issue),
	"commentsCursor":  (*githubv4.String)(nil), // Null after argument to get first page.
}

// Get comments from all pages.
var allComments []comment
for {
	err := client.Query(ctx, &q, variables)
	if err != nil {
		return err
	}
	allComments = append(allComments, q.Repository.Issue.Comments.Nodes...)
	if !q.Repository.Issue.Comments.PageInfo.HasNextPage {
		break
	}
	variables["commentsCursor"] = githubv4.NewString(q.Repository.Issue.Comments.PageInfo.EndCursor)
}

There is more than one way to perform pagination. Consider additional fields inside PageInfo object.

Mutations

Mutations often require information that you can only find out by performing a query first. Let's suppose you've already done that.

For example, to make the following GraphQL mutation:

mutation($input: AddReactionInput!) {
	addReaction(input: $input) {
		reaction {
			content
		}
		subject {
			id
		}
	}
}
variables {
	"input": {
		"subjectId": "MDU6SXNzdWUyMTc5NTQ0OTc=",
		"content": "HOORAY"
	}
}

You can define:

var m struct {
	AddReaction struct {
		Reaction struct {
			Content githubv4.ReactionContent
		}
		Subject struct {
			ID githubv4.ID
		}
	} `graphql:"addReaction(input: $input)"`
}
input := githubv4.AddReactionInput{
	SubjectID: targetIssue.ID, // ID of the target issue from a previous query.
	Content:   githubv4.ReactionContentHooray,
}

Then call client.Mutate:

err := client.Mutate(context.Background(), &m, input, nil)
if err != nil {
	// Handle error.
}
fmt.Printf("Added a %v reaction to subject with ID %#v!\n", m.AddReaction.Reaction.Content, m.AddReaction.Subject.ID)

// Output:
// Added a HOORAY reaction to subject with ID "MDU6SXNzdWUyMTc5NTQ0OTc="!

Directories

Path Synopsis
example/githubv4dev githubv4dev is a test program currently being used for developing githubv4 package.

License

Documentation

Overview

Package githubv4 is a client library for accessing GitHub GraphQL API v4 (https://docs.github.com/en/graphql).

If you're looking for a client library for GitHub REST API v3, the recommended package is github (also known as go-github).

For now, see README for more details.

Example 
package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"
	"log"
	"os"
	"time"

	"github.com/shurcooL/githubv4"
	"golang.org/x/oauth2"
)

func main() {
	src := oauth2.StaticTokenSource(
		&oauth2.Token{AccessToken: os.Getenv("GITHUB_TOKEN")},
	)
	httpClient := oauth2.NewClient(context.Background(), src)

	client := githubv4.NewClient(httpClient)

	var q struct {
		Viewer struct {
			Login     string
			CreatedAt time.Time
			AvatarURL string `graphql:"avatarUrl(size: 72)"`
		}
	}
	err := client.Query(context.Background(), &q, nil)
	if err != nil {
		log.Fatalln(err)
	}
	fmt.Println(q.Viewer.Login)
	fmt.Println(q.Viewer.CreatedAt)
	fmt.Println(q.Viewer.AvatarURL)
}

Output:

Index

Examples

Constants

This section is empty.

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AbortQueuedMigrationsInput 

type AbortQueuedMigrationsInput struct {
	// The ID of the organization that is running the migrations. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AbortQueuedMigrationsInput is an autogenerated input type of AbortQueuedMigrations.

type AbortRepositoryMigrationInput 

type AbortRepositoryMigrationInput struct {
	// The ID of the migration to be aborted. (Required.)
	MigrationID ID `json:"migrationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AbortRepositoryMigrationInput is an autogenerated input type of AbortRepositoryMigration.

type AcceptEnterpriseAdministratorInvitationInput 

type AcceptEnterpriseAdministratorInvitationInput struct {
	// The id of the invitation being accepted. (Required.)
	InvitationID ID `json:"invitationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AcceptEnterpriseAdministratorInvitationInput is an autogenerated input type of AcceptEnterpriseAdministratorInvitation.

type AcceptEnterpriseMemberInvitationInput 

type AcceptEnterpriseMemberInvitationInput struct {
	// The id of the invitation being accepted. (Required.)
	InvitationID ID `json:"invitationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AcceptEnterpriseMemberInvitationInput is an autogenerated input type of AcceptEnterpriseMemberInvitation.

type AcceptTopicSuggestionInput 

type AcceptTopicSuggestionInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the repository. **Upcoming Change on 2024-04-01 UTC** **Description:** `repositoryId` will be removed. **Reason:** Suggested topics are no longer supported. (Optional.)
	RepositoryID *ID `json:"repositoryId,omitempty"`
	// The name of the suggested topic. **Upcoming Change on 2024-04-01 UTC** **Description:** `name` will be removed. **Reason:** Suggested topics are no longer supported. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

AcceptTopicSuggestionInput is an autogenerated input type of AcceptTopicSuggestion.

type ActorType 

type ActorType string

ActorType represents the actor's type. 

const (
	ActorTypeUser ActorType = "USER" // Indicates a user actor.
	ActorTypeTeam ActorType = "TEAM" // Indicates a team actor.
)

The actor's type.

type AddAssigneesToAssignableInput 

type AddAssigneesToAssignableInput struct {
	// The id of the assignable object to add assignees to. (Required.)
	AssignableID ID `json:"assignableId"`
	// The id of users to add as assignees. (Required.)
	AssigneeIDs []ID `json:"assigneeIds"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddAssigneesToAssignableInput is an autogenerated input type of AddAssigneesToAssignable.

type AddCommentInput 

type AddCommentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the subject to modify. (Required.)
	SubjectID ID `json:"subjectId"`
	// The contents of the comment. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of AddComment.

type AddDiscussionCommentInput 

type AddDiscussionCommentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion to comment on. (Required.)
	DiscussionID ID `json:"discussionId"`
	// The contents of the comment. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the discussion comment within this discussion to reply to. (Optional.)
	ReplyToID *ID `json:"replyToId,omitempty"`
}

AddDiscussionCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of AddDiscussionComment.

type AddDiscussionPollVoteInput 

type AddDiscussionPollVoteInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion poll option to vote for. (Required.)
	PollOptionID ID `json:"pollOptionId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddDiscussionPollVoteInput is an autogenerated input type of AddDiscussionPollVote.

type AddEnterpriseOrganizationMemberInput 

type AddEnterpriseOrganizationMemberInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise which owns the organization. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The ID of the organization the users will be added to. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`
	// The IDs of the enterprise members to add. (Required.)
	UserIDs []ID `json:"userIds"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The role to assign the users in the organization. (Optional.)
	Role *OrganizationMemberRole `json:"role,omitempty"`
}

AddEnterpriseOrganizationMemberInput is an autogenerated input type of AddEnterpriseOrganizationMember.

type AddEnterpriseSupportEntitlementInput 

type AddEnterpriseSupportEntitlementInput struct {
	// The ID of the Enterprise which the admin belongs to. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The login of a member who will receive the support entitlement. (Required.)
	Login String `json:"login"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddEnterpriseSupportEntitlementInput is an autogenerated input type of AddEnterpriseSupportEntitlement.

type AddLabelsToLabelableInput 

type AddLabelsToLabelableInput struct {
	// The id of the labelable object to add labels to. (Required.)
	LabelableID ID `json:"labelableId"`
	// The ids of the labels to add. (Required.)
	LabelIDs []ID `json:"labelIds"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddLabelsToLabelableInput is an autogenerated input type of AddLabelsToLabelable.

type AddProjectCardInput 

type AddProjectCardInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the ProjectColumn. (Required.)
	ProjectColumnID ID `json:"projectColumnId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The content of the card. Must be a member of the ProjectCardItem union. (Optional.)
	ContentID *ID `json:"contentId,omitempty"`
	// The note on the card. (Optional.)
	Note *String `json:"note,omitempty"`
}

AddProjectCardInput is an autogenerated input type of AddProjectCard.

type AddProjectColumnInput 

type AddProjectColumnInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the project. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The name of the column. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddProjectColumnInput is an autogenerated input type of AddProjectColumn.

type AddProjectV2DraftIssueInput 

type AddProjectV2DraftIssueInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to add the draft issue to. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The title of the draft issue. A project item can also be created by providing the URL of an Issue or Pull Request if you have access. (Required.)
	Title String `json:"title"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The body of the draft issue. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The IDs of the assignees of the draft issue. (Optional.)
	AssigneeIDs *[]ID `json:"assigneeIds,omitempty"`
}

AddProjectV2DraftIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of AddProjectV2DraftIssue.

type AddProjectV2ItemByIdInput 

type AddProjectV2ItemByIdInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to add the item to. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The id of the Issue or Pull Request to add. (Required.)
	ContentID ID `json:"contentId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddProjectV2ItemByIdInput is an autogenerated input type of AddProjectV2ItemById.

type AddPullRequestReviewCommentInput 

type AddPullRequestReviewCommentInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The node ID of the pull request reviewing **Upcoming Change on 2023-10-01 UTC** **Description:** `pullRequestId` will be removed. use addPullRequestReviewThread or addPullRequestReviewThreadReply instead **Reason:** We are deprecating the addPullRequestReviewComment mutation. (Optional.)
	PullRequestID *ID `json:"pullRequestId,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the review to modify. **Upcoming Change on 2023-10-01 UTC** **Description:** `pullRequestReviewId` will be removed. use addPullRequestReviewThread or addPullRequestReviewThreadReply instead **Reason:** We are deprecating the addPullRequestReviewComment mutation. (Optional.)
	PullRequestReviewID *ID `json:"pullRequestReviewId,omitempty"`
	// The SHA of the commit to comment on. **Upcoming Change on 2023-10-01 UTC** **Description:** `commitOID` will be removed. use addPullRequestReviewThread or addPullRequestReviewThreadReply instead **Reason:** We are deprecating the addPullRequestReviewComment mutation. (Optional.)
	CommitOID *GitObjectID `json:"commitOID,omitempty"`
	// The text of the comment. This field is required **Upcoming Change on 2023-10-01 UTC** **Description:** `body` will be removed. use addPullRequestReviewThread or addPullRequestReviewThreadReply instead **Reason:** We are deprecating the addPullRequestReviewComment mutation. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The relative path of the file to comment on. **Upcoming Change on 2023-10-01 UTC** **Description:** `path` will be removed. use addPullRequestReviewThread or addPullRequestReviewThreadReply instead **Reason:** We are deprecating the addPullRequestReviewComment mutation. (Optional.)
	Path *String `json:"path,omitempty"`
	// The line index in the diff to comment on. **Upcoming Change on 2023-10-01 UTC** **Description:** `position` will be removed. use addPullRequestReviewThread or addPullRequestReviewThreadReply instead **Reason:** We are deprecating the addPullRequestReviewComment mutation. (Optional.)
	Position *Int `json:"position,omitempty"`
	// The comment id to reply to. **Upcoming Change on 2023-10-01 UTC** **Description:** `inReplyTo` will be removed. use addPullRequestReviewThread or addPullRequestReviewThreadReply instead **Reason:** We are deprecating the addPullRequestReviewComment mutation. (Optional.)
	InReplyTo *ID `json:"inReplyTo,omitempty"`
}

AddPullRequestReviewCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of AddPullRequestReviewComment.

type AddPullRequestReviewInput 

type AddPullRequestReviewInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request to modify. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The commit OID the review pertains to. (Optional.)
	CommitOID *GitObjectID `json:"commitOID,omitempty"`
	// The contents of the review body comment. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The event to perform on the pull request review. (Optional.)
	Event *PullRequestReviewEvent `json:"event,omitempty"`
	// The review line comments. **Upcoming Change on 2023-10-01 UTC** **Description:** `comments` will be removed. use the `threads` argument instead **Reason:** We are deprecating comment fields that use diff-relative positioning. (Optional.)
	Comments *[]*DraftPullRequestReviewComment `json:"comments,omitempty"`
	// The review line comment threads. (Optional.)
	Threads *[]*DraftPullRequestReviewThread `json:"threads,omitempty"`
}

AddPullRequestReviewInput is an autogenerated input type of AddPullRequestReview.

type AddPullRequestReviewThreadInput 

type AddPullRequestReviewThreadInput struct {
	// Path to the file being commented on. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`
	// Body of the thread's first comment. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The node ID of the pull request reviewing. (Optional.)
	PullRequestID *ID `json:"pullRequestId,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the review to modify. (Optional.)
	PullRequestReviewID *ID `json:"pullRequestReviewId,omitempty"`
	// The line of the blob to which the thread refers, required for line-level threads. The end of the line range for multi-line comments. (Optional.)
	Line *Int `json:"line,omitempty"`
	// The side of the diff on which the line resides. For multi-line comments, this is the side for the end of the line range. (Optional.)
	Side *DiffSide `json:"side,omitempty"`
	// The first line of the range to which the comment refers. (Optional.)
	StartLine *Int `json:"startLine,omitempty"`
	// The side of the diff on which the start line resides. (Optional.)
	StartSide *DiffSide `json:"startSide,omitempty"`
	// The level at which the comments in the corresponding thread are targeted, can be a diff line or a file. (Optional.)
	SubjectType *PullRequestReviewThreadSubjectType `json:"subjectType,omitempty"`
}

AddPullRequestReviewThreadInput is an autogenerated input type of AddPullRequestReviewThread.

type AddPullRequestReviewThreadReplyInput 

type AddPullRequestReviewThreadReplyInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the thread to which this reply is being written. (Required.)
	PullRequestReviewThreadID ID `json:"pullRequestReviewThreadId"`
	// The text of the reply. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the pending review to which the reply will belong. (Optional.)
	PullRequestReviewID *ID `json:"pullRequestReviewId,omitempty"`
}

AddPullRequestReviewThreadReplyInput is an autogenerated input type of AddPullRequestReviewThreadReply.

type AddReactionInput 

type AddReactionInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the subject to modify. (Required.)
	SubjectID ID `json:"subjectId"`
	// The name of the emoji to react with. (Required.)
	Content ReactionContent `json:"content"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddReactionInput is an autogenerated input type of AddReaction.

type AddStarInput 

type AddStarInput struct {
	// The Starrable ID to star. (Required.)
	StarrableID ID `json:"starrableId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddStarInput is an autogenerated input type of AddStar.

type AddUpvoteInput 

type AddUpvoteInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion or comment to upvote. (Required.)
	SubjectID ID `json:"subjectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddUpvoteInput is an autogenerated input type of AddUpvote.

type AddVerifiableDomainInput 

type AddVerifiableDomainInput struct {
	// The ID of the owner to add the domain to. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The URL of the domain. (Required.)
	Domain URI `json:"domain"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

AddVerifiableDomainInput is an autogenerated input type of AddVerifiableDomain.

type ApproveDeploymentsInput 

type ApproveDeploymentsInput struct {
	// The node ID of the workflow run containing the pending deployments. (Required.)
	WorkflowRunID ID `json:"workflowRunId"`
	// The ids of environments to reject deployments. (Required.)
	EnvironmentIDs []ID `json:"environmentIds"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Optional comment for approving deployments. (Optional.)
	Comment *String `json:"comment,omitempty"`
}

ApproveDeploymentsInput is an autogenerated input type of ApproveDeployments.

type ApproveVerifiableDomainInput 

type ApproveVerifiableDomainInput struct {
	// The ID of the verifiable domain to approve. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ApproveVerifiableDomainInput is an autogenerated input type of ApproveVerifiableDomain.

type ArchiveProjectV2ItemInput 

type ArchiveProjectV2ItemInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to archive the item from. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the ProjectV2Item to archive. (Required.)
	ItemID ID `json:"itemId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ArchiveProjectV2ItemInput is an autogenerated input type of ArchiveProjectV2Item.

type ArchiveRepositoryInput 

type ArchiveRepositoryInput struct {
	// The ID of the repository to mark as archived. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ArchiveRepositoryInput is an autogenerated input type of ArchiveRepository.

type AuditLogOrder 

type AuditLogOrder struct {

	// The field to order Audit Logs by. (Optional.)
	Field *AuditLogOrderField `json:"field,omitempty"`
	// The ordering direction. (Optional.)
	Direction *OrderDirection `json:"direction,omitempty"`
}

AuditLogOrder represents ordering options for Audit Log connections.

type AuditLogOrderField 

type AuditLogOrderField string

AuditLogOrderField represents properties by which Audit Log connections can be ordered. 

const (
	AuditLogOrderFieldCreatedAt AuditLogOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order audit log entries by timestamp.
)

Properties by which Audit Log connections can be ordered.

type Base64String 

type Base64String string

Base64String is a (potentially binary) string encoded using base64.

func NewBase64String 

func NewBase64String(v Base64String) *Base64String

NewBase64String is a helper to make a new *Base64String.

type Boolean 

type Boolean graphql.Boolean

Boolean represents true or false values.

func NewBoolean 

func NewBoolean(v Boolean) *Boolean

NewBoolean is a helper to make a new *Boolean.

type BranchNamePatternParametersInput 

type BranchNamePatternParametersInput struct {
	// The operator to use for matching. (Required.)
	Operator String `json:"operator"`
	// The pattern to match with. (Required.)
	Pattern String `json:"pattern"`

	// How this rule will appear to users. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// If true, the rule will fail if the pattern matches. (Optional.)
	Negate *Boolean `json:"negate,omitempty"`
}

BranchNamePatternParametersInput represents parameters to be used for the branch_name_pattern rule.

type BulkSponsorship 

type BulkSponsorship struct {
	// The amount to pay to the sponsorable in US dollars. Valid values: 1-12000. (Required.)
	Amount Int `json:"amount"`

	// The ID of the user or organization who is receiving the sponsorship. Required if sponsorableLogin is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableID *ID `json:"sponsorableId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the user or organization who is receiving the sponsorship. Required if sponsorableId is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableLogin *String `json:"sponsorableLogin,omitempty"`
}

BulkSponsorship represents information about a sponsorship to make for a user or organization with a GitHub Sponsors profile, as part of sponsoring many users or organizations at once.

type CancelEnterpriseAdminInvitationInput 

type CancelEnterpriseAdminInvitationInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pending enterprise administrator invitation. (Required.)
	InvitationID ID `json:"invitationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

CancelEnterpriseAdminInvitationInput is an autogenerated input type of CancelEnterpriseAdminInvitation.

type CancelEnterpriseMemberInvitationInput 

type CancelEnterpriseMemberInvitationInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pending enterprise member invitation. (Required.)
	InvitationID ID `json:"invitationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

CancelEnterpriseMemberInvitationInput is an autogenerated input type of CancelEnterpriseMemberInvitation.

type CancelSponsorshipInput 

type CancelSponsorshipInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the user or organization who is acting as the sponsor, paying for the sponsorship. Required if sponsorLogin is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorID *ID `json:"sponsorId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the user or organization who is acting as the sponsor, paying for the sponsorship. Required if sponsorId is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorLogin *String `json:"sponsorLogin,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the user or organization who is receiving the sponsorship. Required if sponsorableLogin is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableID *ID `json:"sponsorableId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the user or organization who is receiving the sponsorship. Required if sponsorableId is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableLogin *String `json:"sponsorableLogin,omitempty"`
}

CancelSponsorshipInput is an autogenerated input type of CancelSponsorship.

type ChangeUserStatusInput 

type ChangeUserStatusInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The emoji to represent your status. Can either be a native Unicode emoji or an emoji name with colons, e.g., :grinning:. (Optional.)
	Emoji *String `json:"emoji,omitempty"`
	// A short description of your current status. (Optional.)
	Message *String `json:"message,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the organization whose members will be allowed to see the status. If omitted, the status will be publicly visible. (Optional.)
	OrganizationID *ID `json:"organizationId,omitempty"`
	// Whether this status should indicate you are not fully available on GitHub, e.g., you are away. (Optional.)
	LimitedAvailability *Boolean `json:"limitedAvailability,omitempty"`
	// If set, the user status will not be shown after this date. (Optional.)
	ExpiresAt *DateTime `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
}

ChangeUserStatusInput is an autogenerated input type of ChangeUserStatus.

type CheckAnnotationData 

type CheckAnnotationData struct {
	// The path of the file to add an annotation to. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`
	// The location of the annotation. (Required.)
	Location CheckAnnotationRange `json:"location"`
	// Represents an annotation's information level. (Required.)
	AnnotationLevel CheckAnnotationLevel `json:"annotationLevel"`
	// A short description of the feedback for these lines of code. (Required.)
	Message String `json:"message"`

	// The title that represents the annotation. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// Details about this annotation. (Optional.)
	RawDetails *String `json:"rawDetails,omitempty"`
}

CheckAnnotationData represents information from a check run analysis to specific lines of code.

type CheckAnnotationLevel 

type CheckAnnotationLevel string

CheckAnnotationLevel represents represents an annotation's information level. 

const (
	CheckAnnotationLevelFailure CheckAnnotationLevel = "FAILURE" // An annotation indicating an inescapable error.
	CheckAnnotationLevelNotice  CheckAnnotationLevel = "NOTICE"  // An annotation indicating some information.
	CheckAnnotationLevelWarning CheckAnnotationLevel = "WARNING" // An annotation indicating an ignorable error.
)

Represents an annotation's information level.

type CheckAnnotationRange 

type CheckAnnotationRange struct {
	// The starting line of the range. (Required.)
	StartLine Int `json:"startLine"`
	// The ending line of the range. (Required.)
	EndLine Int `json:"endLine"`

	// The starting column of the range. (Optional.)
	StartColumn *Int `json:"startColumn,omitempty"`
	// The ending column of the range. (Optional.)
	EndColumn *Int `json:"endColumn,omitempty"`
}

CheckAnnotationRange represents information from a check run analysis to specific lines of code.

type CheckConclusionState 

type CheckConclusionState string

CheckConclusionState represents the possible states for a check suite or run conclusion. 

const (
	CheckConclusionStateActionRequired CheckConclusionState = "ACTION_REQUIRED" // The check suite or run requires action.
	CheckConclusionStateTimedOut       CheckConclusionState = "TIMED_OUT"       // The check suite or run has timed out.
	CheckConclusionStateCancelled      CheckConclusionState = "CANCELLED"       // The check suite or run has been cancelled.
	CheckConclusionStateFailure        CheckConclusionState = "FAILURE"         // The check suite or run has failed.
	CheckConclusionStateSuccess        CheckConclusionState = "SUCCESS"         // The check suite or run has succeeded.
	CheckConclusionStateNeutral        CheckConclusionState = "NEUTRAL"         // The check suite or run was neutral.
	CheckConclusionStateSkipped        CheckConclusionState = "SKIPPED"         // The check suite or run was skipped.
	CheckConclusionStateStartupFailure CheckConclusionState = "STARTUP_FAILURE" // The check suite or run has failed at startup.
	CheckConclusionStateStale          CheckConclusionState = "STALE"           // The check suite or run was marked stale by GitHub. Only GitHub can use this conclusion.
)

The possible states for a check suite or run conclusion.

type CheckRunAction 

type CheckRunAction struct {
	// The text to be displayed on a button in the web UI. (Required.)
	Label String `json:"label"`
	// A short explanation of what this action would do. (Required.)
	Description String `json:"description"`
	// A reference for the action on the integrator's system. (Required.)
	Identifier String `json:"identifier"`
}

CheckRunAction represents possible further actions the integrator can perform.

type CheckRunFilter 

type CheckRunFilter struct {

	// Filters the check runs by this type. (Optional.)
	CheckType *CheckRunType `json:"checkType,omitempty"`
	// Filters the check runs created by this application ID. (Optional.)
	AppID *Int `json:"appId,omitempty"`
	// Filters the check runs by this name. (Optional.)
	CheckName *String `json:"checkName,omitempty"`
	// Filters the check runs by this status. Superceded by statuses. (Optional.)
	Status *CheckStatusState `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Filters the check runs by this status. Overrides status. (Optional.)
	Statuses *[]CheckStatusState `json:"statuses,omitempty"`
	// Filters the check runs by these conclusions. (Optional.)
	Conclusions *[]CheckConclusionState `json:"conclusions,omitempty"`
}

CheckRunFilter represents the filters that are available when fetching check runs.

type CheckRunOutput 

type CheckRunOutput struct {
	// A title to provide for this check run. (Required.)
	Title String `json:"title"`
	// The summary of the check run (supports Commonmark). (Required.)
	Summary String `json:"summary"`

	// The details of the check run (supports Commonmark). (Optional.)
	Text *String `json:"text,omitempty"`
	// The annotations that are made as part of the check run. (Optional.)
	Annotations *[]CheckAnnotationData `json:"annotations,omitempty"`
	// Images attached to the check run output displayed in the GitHub pull request UI. (Optional.)
	Images *[]CheckRunOutputImage `json:"images,omitempty"`
}

CheckRunOutput represents descriptive details about the check run.

type CheckRunOutputImage 

type CheckRunOutputImage struct {
	// The alternative text for the image. (Required.)
	Alt String `json:"alt"`
	// The full URL of the image. (Required.)
	ImageURL URI `json:"imageUrl"`

	// A short image description. (Optional.)
	Caption *String `json:"caption,omitempty"`
}

CheckRunOutputImage represents images attached to the check run output displayed in the GitHub pull request UI.

type CheckRunState 

type CheckRunState string

CheckRunState represents the possible states of a check run in a status rollup. 

const (
	CheckRunStateActionRequired CheckRunState = "ACTION_REQUIRED" // The check run requires action.
	CheckRunStateCancelled      CheckRunState = "CANCELLED"       // The check run has been cancelled.
	CheckRunStateCompleted      CheckRunState = "COMPLETED"       // The check run has been completed.
	CheckRunStateFailure        CheckRunState = "FAILURE"         // The check run has failed.
	CheckRunStateInProgress     CheckRunState = "IN_PROGRESS"     // The check run is in progress.
	CheckRunStateNeutral        CheckRunState = "NEUTRAL"         // The check run was neutral.
	CheckRunStatePending        CheckRunState = "PENDING"         // The check run is in pending state.
	CheckRunStateQueued         CheckRunState = "QUEUED"          // The check run has been queued.
	CheckRunStateSkipped        CheckRunState = "SKIPPED"         // The check run was skipped.
	CheckRunStateStale          CheckRunState = "STALE"           // The check run was marked stale by GitHub. Only GitHub can use this conclusion.
	CheckRunStateStartupFailure CheckRunState = "STARTUP_FAILURE" // The check run has failed at startup.
	CheckRunStateSuccess        CheckRunState = "SUCCESS"         // The check run has succeeded.
	CheckRunStateTimedOut       CheckRunState = "TIMED_OUT"       // The check run has timed out.
	CheckRunStateWaiting        CheckRunState = "WAITING"         // The check run is in waiting state.
)

The possible states of a check run in a status rollup.

type CheckRunType 

type CheckRunType string

CheckRunType represents the possible types of check runs. 

const (
	CheckRunTypeAll    CheckRunType = "ALL"    // Every check run available.
	CheckRunTypeLatest CheckRunType = "LATEST" // The latest check run.
)

The possible types of check runs.

type CheckStatusState 

type CheckStatusState string

CheckStatusState represents the possible states for a check suite or run status. 

const (
	CheckStatusStateRequested  CheckStatusState = "REQUESTED"   // The check suite or run has been requested.
	CheckStatusStateQueued     CheckStatusState = "QUEUED"      // The check suite or run has been queued.
	CheckStatusStateInProgress CheckStatusState = "IN_PROGRESS" // The check suite or run is in progress.
	CheckStatusStateCompleted  CheckStatusState = "COMPLETED"   // The check suite or run has been completed.
	CheckStatusStateWaiting    CheckStatusState = "WAITING"     // The check suite or run is in waiting state.
	CheckStatusStatePending    CheckStatusState = "PENDING"     // The check suite or run is in pending state.
)

The possible states for a check suite or run status.

type CheckSuiteAutoTriggerPreference 

type CheckSuiteAutoTriggerPreference struct {
	// The node ID of the application that owns the check suite. (Required.)
	AppID ID `json:"appId"`
	// Set to `true` to enable automatic creation of CheckSuite events upon pushes to the repository. (Required.)
	Setting Boolean `json:"setting"`
}

CheckSuiteAutoTriggerPreference represents the auto-trigger preferences that are available for check suites.

type CheckSuiteFilter 

type CheckSuiteFilter struct {

	// Filters the check suites created by this application ID. (Optional.)
	AppID *Int `json:"appId,omitempty"`
	// Filters the check suites by this name. (Optional.)
	CheckName *String `json:"checkName,omitempty"`
}

CheckSuiteFilter represents the filters that are available when fetching check suites.

type ClearLabelsFromLabelableInput 

type ClearLabelsFromLabelableInput struct {
	// The id of the labelable object to clear the labels from. (Required.)
	LabelableID ID `json:"labelableId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ClearLabelsFromLabelableInput is an autogenerated input type of ClearLabelsFromLabelable.

type ClearProjectV2ItemFieldValueInput 

type ClearProjectV2ItemFieldValueInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the item to be cleared. (Required.)
	ItemID ID `json:"itemId"`
	// The ID of the field to be cleared. (Required.)
	FieldID ID `json:"fieldId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ClearProjectV2ItemFieldValueInput is an autogenerated input type of ClearProjectV2ItemFieldValue.

type Client 

type Client struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Client is a GitHub GraphQL API v4 client.

func NewClient 

func NewClient(httpClient *http.Client) *Client

NewClient creates a new GitHub GraphQL API v4 client with the provided http.Client. If httpClient is nil, then http.DefaultClient is used.

Note that GitHub GraphQL API v4 requires authentication, so the provided http.Client is expected to take care of that.

func NewEnterpriseClient 

func NewEnterpriseClient(url string, httpClient *http.Client) *Client

NewEnterpriseClient creates a new GitHub GraphQL API v4 client for the GitHub Enterprise instance with the specified GraphQL endpoint URL, using the provided http.Client. If httpClient is nil, then http.DefaultClient is used.

Note that GitHub GraphQL API v4 requires authentication, so the provided http.Client is expected to take care of that.

func (*Client) Mutate 

func (c *Client) Mutate(ctx context.Context, m interface{}, input Input, variables map[string]interface{}) error

Mutate executes a single GraphQL mutation request, with a mutation derived from m, populating the response into it. m should be a pointer to struct that corresponds to the GitHub GraphQL schema. Provided input will be set as a variable named "input".

func (*Client) Query 

func (c *Client) Query(ctx context.Context, q interface{}, variables map[string]interface{}) error

Query executes a single GraphQL query request, with a query derived from q, populating the response into it. q should be a pointer to struct that corresponds to the GitHub GraphQL schema.

type CloneProjectInput 

type CloneProjectInput struct {
	// The owner ID to create the project under. (Required.)
	TargetOwnerID ID `json:"targetOwnerId"`
	// The source project to clone. (Required.)
	SourceID ID `json:"sourceId"`
	// Whether or not to clone the source project's workflows. (Required.)
	IncludeWorkflows Boolean `json:"includeWorkflows"`
	// The name of the project. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The description of the project. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The visibility of the project, defaults to false (private). (Optional.)
	Public *Boolean `json:"public,omitempty"`
}

CloneProjectInput is an autogenerated input type of CloneProject.

type CloneTemplateRepositoryInput 

type CloneTemplateRepositoryInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the template repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The name of the new repository. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// The ID of the owner for the new repository. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// Indicates the repository's visibility level. (Required.)
	Visibility RepositoryVisibility `json:"visibility"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// A short description of the new repository. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Whether to copy all branches from the template to the new repository. Defaults to copying only the default branch of the template. (Optional.)
	IncludeAllBranches *Boolean `json:"includeAllBranches,omitempty"`
}

CloneTemplateRepositoryInput is an autogenerated input type of CloneTemplateRepository.

type CloseDiscussionInput 

type CloseDiscussionInput struct {
	// ID of the discussion to be closed. (Required.)
	DiscussionID ID `json:"discussionId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The reason why the discussion is being closed. (Optional.)
	Reason *DiscussionCloseReason `json:"reason,omitempty"`
}

CloseDiscussionInput is an autogenerated input type of CloseDiscussion.

type CloseIssueInput 

type CloseIssueInput struct {
	// ID of the issue to be closed. (Required.)
	IssueID ID `json:"issueId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The reason the issue is to be closed. (Optional.)
	StateReason *IssueClosedStateReason `json:"stateReason,omitempty"`
}

CloseIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of CloseIssue.

type ClosePullRequestInput 

type ClosePullRequestInput struct {
	// ID of the pull request to be closed. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ClosePullRequestInput is an autogenerated input type of ClosePullRequest.

type CodeScanningParametersInput 

type CodeScanningParametersInput struct {
	// Tools that must provide code scanning results for this rule to pass. (Required.)
	CodeScanningTools []CodeScanningToolInput `json:"codeScanningTools"`
}

CodeScanningParametersInput represents choose which tools must provide code scanning results before the reference is updated. When configured, code scanning must be enabled and have results for both the commit and the reference being updated.

type CodeScanningToolInput 

type CodeScanningToolInput struct {
	// The severity level at which code scanning results that raise alerts block a reference update. For more information on alert severity levels, see "[About code scanning alerts](${externalDocsUrl}/code-security/code-scanning/managing-code-scanning-alerts/about-code-scanning-alerts#about-alert-severity-and-security-severity-levels).". (Required.)
	AlertsThreshold String `json:"alertsThreshold"`
	// The severity level at which code scanning results that raise security alerts block a reference update. For more information on security severity levels, see "[About code scanning alerts](${externalDocsUrl}/code-security/code-scanning/managing-code-scanning-alerts/about-code-scanning-alerts#about-alert-severity-and-security-severity-levels).". (Required.)
	SecurityAlertsThreshold String `json:"securityAlertsThreshold"`
	// The name of a code scanning tool. (Required.)
	Tool String `json:"tool"`
}

CodeScanningToolInput represents a tool that must provide code scanning results for this rule to pass.

type CollaboratorAffiliation 

type CollaboratorAffiliation string

CollaboratorAffiliation represents collaborators affiliation level with a subject. 

const (
	CollaboratorAffiliationOutside CollaboratorAffiliation = "OUTSIDE" // All outside collaborators of an organization-owned subject.
	CollaboratorAffiliationDirect  CollaboratorAffiliation = "DIRECT"  // All collaborators with permissions to an organization-owned subject, regardless of organization membership status.
	CollaboratorAffiliationAll     CollaboratorAffiliation = "ALL"     // All collaborators the authenticated user can see.
)

Collaborators affiliation level with a subject.

type CommentAuthorAssociation 

type CommentAuthorAssociation string

CommentAuthorAssociation represents a comment author association with repository. 

const (
	CommentAuthorAssociationMember               CommentAuthorAssociation = "MEMBER"                 // Author is a member of the organization that owns the repository.
	CommentAuthorAssociationOwner                CommentAuthorAssociation = "OWNER"                  // Author is the owner of the repository.
	CommentAuthorAssociationMannequin            CommentAuthorAssociation = "MANNEQUIN"              // Author is a placeholder for an unclaimed user.
	CommentAuthorAssociationCollaborator         CommentAuthorAssociation = "COLLABORATOR"           // Author has been invited to collaborate on the repository.
	CommentAuthorAssociationContributor          CommentAuthorAssociation = "CONTRIBUTOR"            // Author has previously committed to the repository.
	CommentAuthorAssociationFirstTimeContributor CommentAuthorAssociation = "FIRST_TIME_CONTRIBUTOR" // Author has not previously committed to the repository.
	CommentAuthorAssociationFirstTimer           CommentAuthorAssociation = "FIRST_TIMER"            // Author has not previously committed to GitHub.
	CommentAuthorAssociationNone                 CommentAuthorAssociation = "NONE"                   // Author has no association with the repository.
)

A comment author association with repository.

type CommentCannotUpdateReason 

type CommentCannotUpdateReason string

CommentCannotUpdateReason represents the possible errors that will prevent a user from updating a comment. 

const (
	CommentCannotUpdateReasonArchived              CommentCannotUpdateReason = "ARCHIVED"                // Unable to create comment because repository is archived.
	CommentCannotUpdateReasonInsufficientAccess    CommentCannotUpdateReason = "INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS"     // You must be the author or have write access to this repository to update this comment.
	CommentCannotUpdateReasonLocked                CommentCannotUpdateReason = "LOCKED"                  // Unable to create comment because issue is locked.
	CommentCannotUpdateReasonLoginRequired         CommentCannotUpdateReason = "LOGIN_REQUIRED"          // You must be logged in to update this comment.
	CommentCannotUpdateReasonMaintenance           CommentCannotUpdateReason = "MAINTENANCE"             // Repository is under maintenance.
	CommentCannotUpdateReasonVerifiedEmailRequired CommentCannotUpdateReason = "VERIFIED_EMAIL_REQUIRED" // At least one email address must be verified to update this comment.
	CommentCannotUpdateReasonDenied                CommentCannotUpdateReason = "DENIED"                  // You cannot update this comment.
)

The possible errors that will prevent a user from updating a comment.

type CommitAuthor 

type CommitAuthor struct {

	// ID of a User to filter by. If non-null, only commits authored by this user will be returned. This field takes precedence over emails. (Optional.)
	ID *ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Email addresses to filter by. Commits authored by any of the specified email addresses will be returned. (Optional.)
	Emails *[]String `json:"emails,omitempty"`
}

CommitAuthor specifies an author for filtering Git commits.

type CommitAuthorEmailPatternParametersInput 

type CommitAuthorEmailPatternParametersInput struct {
	// The operator to use for matching. (Required.)
	Operator String `json:"operator"`
	// The pattern to match with. (Required.)
	Pattern String `json:"pattern"`

	// How this rule will appear to users. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// If true, the rule will fail if the pattern matches. (Optional.)
	Negate *Boolean `json:"negate,omitempty"`
}

CommitAuthorEmailPatternParametersInput represents parameters to be used for the commit_author_email_pattern rule.

type CommitContributionOrder 

type CommitContributionOrder struct {
	// The field by which to order commit contributions. (Required.)
	Field CommitContributionOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

CommitContributionOrder represents ordering options for commit contribution connections.

type CommitContributionOrderField 

type CommitContributionOrderField string

CommitContributionOrderField represents properties by which commit contribution connections can be ordered. 

const (
	CommitContributionOrderFieldOccurredAt  CommitContributionOrderField = "OCCURRED_AT"  // Order commit contributions by when they were made.
	CommitContributionOrderFieldCommitCount CommitContributionOrderField = "COMMIT_COUNT" // Order commit contributions by how many commits they represent.
)

Properties by which commit contribution connections can be ordered.

type CommitMessage 

type CommitMessage struct {
	// The headline of the message. (Required.)
	Headline String `json:"headline"`

	// The body of the message. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
}

CommitMessage represents a message to include with a new commit.

type CommitMessagePatternParametersInput 

type CommitMessagePatternParametersInput struct {
	// The operator to use for matching. (Required.)
	Operator String `json:"operator"`
	// The pattern to match with. (Required.)
	Pattern String `json:"pattern"`

	// How this rule will appear to users. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// If true, the rule will fail if the pattern matches. (Optional.)
	Negate *Boolean `json:"negate,omitempty"`
}

CommitMessagePatternParametersInput represents parameters to be used for the commit_message_pattern rule.

type CommittableBranch 

type CommittableBranch struct {

	// The Node ID of the Ref to be updated. (Optional.)
	ID *ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// The nameWithOwner of the repository to commit to. (Optional.)
	RepositoryNameWithOwner *String `json:"repositoryNameWithOwner,omitempty"`
	// The unqualified name of the branch to append the commit to. (Optional.)
	BranchName *String `json:"branchName,omitempty"`
}

CommittableBranch represents a git ref for a commit to be appended to. The ref must be a branch, i.e. its fully qualified name must start with `refs/heads/` (although the input is not required to be fully qualified). The Ref may be specified by its global node ID or by the `repositoryNameWithOwner` and `branchName`. ### Examples Specify a branch using a global node ID: { "id": "MDM6UmVmMTpyZWZzL2hlYWRzL21haW4=" } Specify a branch using `repositoryNameWithOwner` and `branchName`: { "repositoryNameWithOwner": "github/graphql-client", "branchName": "main" }.

type CommitterEmailPatternParametersInput 

type CommitterEmailPatternParametersInput struct {
	// The operator to use for matching. (Required.)
	Operator String `json:"operator"`
	// The pattern to match with. (Required.)
	Pattern String `json:"pattern"`

	// How this rule will appear to users. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// If true, the rule will fail if the pattern matches. (Optional.)
	Negate *Boolean `json:"negate,omitempty"`
}

CommitterEmailPatternParametersInput represents parameters to be used for the committer_email_pattern rule.

type ComparisonStatus 

type ComparisonStatus string

ComparisonStatus represents the status of a git comparison between two refs. 

const (
	ComparisonStatusDiverged  ComparisonStatus = "DIVERGED"  // The head ref is both ahead and behind of the base ref, indicating git history has diverged.
	ComparisonStatusAhead     ComparisonStatus = "AHEAD"     // The head ref is ahead of the base ref.
	ComparisonStatusBehind    ComparisonStatus = "BEHIND"    // The head ref is behind the base ref.
	ComparisonStatusIdentical ComparisonStatus = "IDENTICAL" // The head ref and base ref are identical.
)

The status of a git comparison between two refs.

type ContributionLevel 

type ContributionLevel string

ContributionLevel represents varying levels of contributions from none to many. 

const (
	ContributionLevelNone           ContributionLevel = "NONE"            // No contributions occurred.
	ContributionLevelFirstQuartile  ContributionLevel = "FIRST_QUARTILE"  // Lowest 25% of days of contributions.
	ContributionLevelSecondQuartile ContributionLevel = "SECOND_QUARTILE" // Second lowest 25% of days of contributions. More contributions than the first quartile.
	ContributionLevelThirdQuartile  ContributionLevel = "THIRD_QUARTILE"  // Second highest 25% of days of contributions. More contributions than second quartile, less than the fourth quartile.
	ContributionLevelFourthQuartile ContributionLevel = "FOURTH_QUARTILE" // Highest 25% of days of contributions. More contributions than the third quartile.
)

Varying levels of contributions from none to many.

type ContributionOrder 

type ContributionOrder struct {
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ContributionOrder represents ordering options for contribution connections.

type ConvertProjectCardNoteToIssueInput 

type ConvertProjectCardNoteToIssueInput struct {
	// The ProjectCard ID to convert. (Required.)
	ProjectCardID ID `json:"projectCardId"`
	// The ID of the repository to create the issue in. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The title of the newly created issue. Defaults to the card's note text. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// The body of the newly created issue. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
}

ConvertProjectCardNoteToIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of ConvertProjectCardNoteToIssue.

type ConvertProjectV2DraftIssueItemToIssueInput 

type ConvertProjectV2DraftIssueItemToIssueInput struct {
	// The ID of the draft issue ProjectV2Item to convert. (Required.)
	ItemID ID `json:"itemId"`
	// The ID of the repository to create the issue in. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ConvertProjectV2DraftIssueItemToIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of ConvertProjectV2DraftIssueItemToIssue.

type ConvertPullRequestToDraftInput 

type ConvertPullRequestToDraftInput struct {
	// ID of the pull request to convert to draft. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ConvertPullRequestToDraftInput is an autogenerated input type of ConvertPullRequestToDraft.

type CopyProjectV2Input 

type CopyProjectV2Input struct {
	// The ID of the source Project to copy. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The owner ID of the new project. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The title of the project. (Required.)
	Title String `json:"title"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Include draft issues in the new project. (Optional.)
	IncludeDraftIssues *Boolean `json:"includeDraftIssues,omitempty"`
}

CopyProjectV2Input is an autogenerated input type of CopyProjectV2.

type CreateAttributionInvitationInput 

type CreateAttributionInvitationInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the owner scoping the reattributable data. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The Node ID of the account owning the data to reattribute. (Required.)
	SourceID ID `json:"sourceId"`
	// The Node ID of the account which may claim the data. (Required.)
	TargetID ID `json:"targetId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

CreateAttributionInvitationInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateAttributionInvitation.

type CreateBranchProtectionRuleInput 

type CreateBranchProtectionRuleInput struct {
	// The global relay id of the repository in which a new branch protection rule should be created in. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The glob-like pattern used to determine matching branches. (Required.)
	Pattern String `json:"pattern"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Are approving reviews required to update matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiresApprovingReviews *Boolean `json:"requiresApprovingReviews,omitempty"`
	// Number of approving reviews required to update matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiredApprovingReviewCount *Int `json:"requiredApprovingReviewCount,omitempty"`
	// Are commits required to be signed. (Optional.)
	RequiresCommitSignatures *Boolean `json:"requiresCommitSignatures,omitempty"`
	// Are merge commits prohibited from being pushed to this branch. (Optional.)
	RequiresLinearHistory *Boolean `json:"requiresLinearHistory,omitempty"`
	// Is branch creation a protected operation. (Optional.)
	BlocksCreations *Boolean `json:"blocksCreations,omitempty"`
	// Are force pushes allowed on this branch. (Optional.)
	AllowsForcePushes *Boolean `json:"allowsForcePushes,omitempty"`
	// Can this branch be deleted. (Optional.)
	AllowsDeletions *Boolean `json:"allowsDeletions,omitempty"`
	// Can admins override branch protection. (Optional.)
	IsAdminEnforced *Boolean `json:"isAdminEnforced,omitempty"`
	// Are status checks required to update matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiresStatusChecks *Boolean `json:"requiresStatusChecks,omitempty"`
	// Are branches required to be up to date before merging. (Optional.)
	RequiresStrictStatusChecks *Boolean `json:"requiresStrictStatusChecks,omitempty"`
	// Are reviews from code owners required to update matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiresCodeOwnerReviews *Boolean `json:"requiresCodeOwnerReviews,omitempty"`
	// Will new commits pushed to matching branches dismiss pull request review approvals. (Optional.)
	DismissesStaleReviews *Boolean `json:"dismissesStaleReviews,omitempty"`
	// Is dismissal of pull request reviews restricted. (Optional.)
	RestrictsReviewDismissals *Boolean `json:"restrictsReviewDismissals,omitempty"`
	// A list of User, Team, or App IDs allowed to dismiss reviews on pull requests targeting matching branches. (Optional.)
	ReviewDismissalActorIDs *[]ID `json:"reviewDismissalActorIds,omitempty"`
	// A list of User, Team, or App IDs allowed to bypass pull requests targeting matching branches. (Optional.)
	BypassPullRequestActorIDs *[]ID `json:"bypassPullRequestActorIds,omitempty"`
	// A list of User, Team, or App IDs allowed to bypass force push targeting matching branches. (Optional.)
	BypassForcePushActorIDs *[]ID `json:"bypassForcePushActorIds,omitempty"`
	// Is pushing to matching branches restricted. (Optional.)
	RestrictsPushes *Boolean `json:"restrictsPushes,omitempty"`
	// A list of User, Team, or App IDs allowed to push to matching branches. (Optional.)
	PushActorIDs *[]ID `json:"pushActorIds,omitempty"`
	// List of required status check contexts that must pass for commits to be accepted to matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiredStatusCheckContexts *[]String `json:"requiredStatusCheckContexts,omitempty"`
	// The list of required status checks. (Optional.)
	RequiredStatusChecks *[]RequiredStatusCheckInput `json:"requiredStatusChecks,omitempty"`
	// Are successful deployments required before merging. (Optional.)
	RequiresDeployments *Boolean `json:"requiresDeployments,omitempty"`
	// The list of required deployment environments. (Optional.)
	RequiredDeploymentEnvironments *[]String `json:"requiredDeploymentEnvironments,omitempty"`
	// Are conversations required to be resolved before merging. (Optional.)
	RequiresConversationResolution *Boolean `json:"requiresConversationResolution,omitempty"`
	// Whether the most recent push must be approved by someone other than the person who pushed it. (Optional.)
	RequireLastPushApproval *Boolean `json:"requireLastPushApproval,omitempty"`
	// Whether to set the branch as read-only. If this is true, users will not be able to push to the branch. (Optional.)
	LockBranch *Boolean `json:"lockBranch,omitempty"`
	// Whether users can pull changes from upstream when the branch is locked. Set to `true` to allow fork syncing. Set to `false` to prevent fork syncing. (Optional.)
	LockAllowsFetchAndMerge *Boolean `json:"lockAllowsFetchAndMerge,omitempty"`
}

CreateBranchProtectionRuleInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateBranchProtectionRule.

type CreateCheckRunInput 

type CreateCheckRunInput struct {
	// The node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The name of the check. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// The SHA of the head commit. (Required.)
	HeadSha GitObjectID `json:"headSha"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The URL of the integrator's site that has the full details of the check. (Optional.)
	DetailsURL *URI `json:"detailsUrl,omitempty"`
	// A reference for the run on the integrator's system. (Optional.)
	ExternalID *String `json:"externalId,omitempty"`
	// The current status. (Optional.)
	Status *RequestableCheckStatusState `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// The time that the check run began. (Optional.)
	StartedAt *DateTime `json:"startedAt,omitempty"`
	// The final conclusion of the check. (Optional.)
	Conclusion *CheckConclusionState `json:"conclusion,omitempty"`
	// The time that the check run finished. (Optional.)
	CompletedAt *DateTime `json:"completedAt,omitempty"`
	// Descriptive details about the run. (Optional.)
	Output *CheckRunOutput `json:"output,omitempty"`
	// Possible further actions the integrator can perform, which a user may trigger. (Optional.)
	Actions *[]CheckRunAction `json:"actions,omitempty"`
}

CreateCheckRunInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateCheckRun.

type CreateCheckSuiteInput 

type CreateCheckSuiteInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The SHA of the head commit. (Required.)
	HeadSha GitObjectID `json:"headSha"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

CreateCheckSuiteInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateCheckSuite.

type CreateCommitOnBranchInput 

type CreateCommitOnBranchInput struct {
	// The Ref to be updated. Must be a branch. (Required.)
	Branch CommittableBranch `json:"branch"`
	// The commit message the be included with the commit. (Required.)
	Message CommitMessage `json:"message"`
	// The git commit oid expected at the head of the branch prior to the commit. (Required.)
	ExpectedHeadOid GitObjectID `json:"expectedHeadOid"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// A description of changes to files in this commit. (Optional.)
	FileChanges *FileChanges `json:"fileChanges,omitempty"`
}

CreateCommitOnBranchInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateCommitOnBranch.

type CreateDeploymentInput 

type CreateDeploymentInput struct {
	// The node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The node ID of the ref to be deployed. (Required.)
	RefID ID `json:"refId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Attempt to automatically merge the default branch into the requested ref, defaults to true. (Optional.)
	AutoMerge *Boolean `json:"autoMerge,omitempty"`
	// The status contexts to verify against commit status checks. To bypass required contexts, pass an empty array. Defaults to all unique contexts. (Optional.)
	RequiredContexts *[]String `json:"requiredContexts,omitempty"`
	// Short description of the deployment. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Name for the target deployment environment. (Optional.)
	Environment *String `json:"environment,omitempty"`
	// Specifies a task to execute. (Optional.)
	Task *String `json:"task,omitempty"`
	// JSON payload with extra information about the deployment. (Optional.)
	Payload *String `json:"payload,omitempty"`
}

CreateDeploymentInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateDeployment.

type CreateDeploymentStatusInput 

type CreateDeploymentStatusInput struct {
	// The node ID of the deployment. (Required.)
	DeploymentID ID `json:"deploymentId"`
	// The state of the deployment. (Required.)
	State DeploymentStatusState `json:"state"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// A short description of the status. Maximum length of 140 characters. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// If provided, updates the environment of the deploy. Otherwise, does not modify the environment. (Optional.)
	Environment *String `json:"environment,omitempty"`
	// Sets the URL for accessing your environment. (Optional.)
	EnvironmentURL *String `json:"environmentUrl,omitempty"`
	// Adds a new inactive status to all non-transient, non-production environment deployments with the same repository and environment name as the created status's deployment. (Optional.)
	AutoInactive *Boolean `json:"autoInactive,omitempty"`
	// The log URL to associate with this status. This URL should contain output to keep the user updated while the task is running or serve as historical information for what happened in the deployment. (Optional.)
	LogURL *String `json:"logUrl,omitempty"`
}

CreateDeploymentStatusInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateDeploymentStatus.

type CreateDiscussionInput 

type CreateDiscussionInput struct {
	// The id of the repository on which to create the discussion. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The title of the discussion. (Required.)
	Title String `json:"title"`
	// The body of the discussion. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`
	// The id of the discussion category to associate with this discussion. (Required.)
	CategoryID ID `json:"categoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

CreateDiscussionInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateDiscussion.

type CreateEnterpriseOrganizationInput 

type CreateEnterpriseOrganizationInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise owning the new organization. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The login of the new organization. (Required.)
	Login String `json:"login"`
	// The profile name of the new organization. (Required.)
	ProfileName String `json:"profileName"`
	// The email used for sending billing receipts. (Required.)
	BillingEmail String `json:"billingEmail"`
	// The logins for the administrators of the new organization. (Required.)
	AdminLogins []String `json:"adminLogins"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

CreateEnterpriseOrganizationInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateEnterpriseOrganization.

type CreateEnvironmentInput 

type CreateEnvironmentInput struct {
	// The node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The name of the environment. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

CreateEnvironmentInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateEnvironment.

type CreateIpAllowListEntryInput 

type CreateIpAllowListEntryInput struct {
	// The ID of the owner for which to create the new IP allow list entry. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// An IP address or range of addresses in CIDR notation. (Required.)
	AllowListValue String `json:"allowListValue"`
	// Whether the IP allow list entry is active when an IP allow list is enabled. (Required.)
	IsActive Boolean `json:"isActive"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// An optional name for the IP allow list entry. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

CreateIpAllowListEntryInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateIpAllowListEntry.

type CreateIssueInput 

type CreateIssueInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The title for the issue. (Required.)
	Title String `json:"title"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The body for the issue description. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID for the user assignee for this issue. (Optional.)
	AssigneeIDs *[]ID `json:"assigneeIds,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the milestone for this issue. (Optional.)
	MilestoneID *ID `json:"milestoneId,omitempty"`
	// An array of Node IDs of labels for this issue. (Optional.)
	LabelIDs *[]ID `json:"labelIds,omitempty"`
	// An array of Node IDs for projects associated with this issue. (Optional.)
	ProjectIDs *[]ID `json:"projectIds,omitempty"`
	// The name of an issue template in the repository, assigns labels and assignees from the template to the issue. (Optional.)
	IssueTemplate *String `json:"issueTemplate,omitempty"`
}

CreateIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateIssue.

type CreateLabelInput 

type CreateLabelInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// A 6 character hex code, without the leading #, identifying the color of the label. (Required.)
	Color String `json:"color"`
	// The name of the label. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// A brief description of the label, such as its purpose. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
}

CreateLabelInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateLabel.

type CreateLinkedBranchInput 

type CreateLinkedBranchInput struct {
	// ID of the issue to link to. (Required.)
	IssueID ID `json:"issueId"`
	// The commit SHA to base the new branch on. (Required.)
	Oid GitObjectID `json:"oid"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The name of the new branch. Defaults to issue number and title. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// ID of the repository to create the branch in. Defaults to the issue repository. (Optional.)
	RepositoryID *ID `json:"repositoryId,omitempty"`
}

CreateLinkedBranchInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateLinkedBranch.

type CreateMigrationSourceInput 

type CreateMigrationSourceInput struct {
	// The migration source name. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// The migration source type. (Required.)
	Type MigrationSourceType `json:"type"`
	// The ID of the organization that will own the migration source. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The migration source URL, for example `https://github.com` or `https://monalisa.ghe.com`. (Optional.)
	URL *String `json:"url,omitempty"`
	// The migration source access token. (Optional.)
	AccessToken *String `json:"accessToken,omitempty"`
	// The GitHub personal access token of the user importing to the target repository. (Optional.)
	GitHubPat *String `json:"githubPat,omitempty"`
}

CreateMigrationSourceInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateMigrationSource.

type CreateProjectInput 

type CreateProjectInput struct {
	// The owner ID to create the project under. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The name of project. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The description of project. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The name of the GitHub-provided template. (Optional.)
	Template *ProjectTemplate `json:"template,omitempty"`
	// A list of repository IDs to create as linked repositories for the project. (Optional.)
	RepositoryIDs *[]ID `json:"repositoryIds,omitempty"`
}

CreateProjectInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateProject.

type CreateProjectV2FieldInput 

type CreateProjectV2FieldInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to create the field in. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The data type of the field. (Required.)
	DataType ProjectV2CustomFieldType `json:"dataType"`
	// The name of the field. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Options for a single select field. At least one value is required if data_type is SINGLE_SELECT. (Optional.)
	SingleSelectOptions *[]ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionInput `json:"singleSelectOptions,omitempty"`
}

CreateProjectV2FieldInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateProjectV2Field.

type CreateProjectV2Input 

type CreateProjectV2Input struct {
	// The owner ID to create the project under. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The title of the project. (Required.)
	Title String `json:"title"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The repository to link the project to. (Optional.)
	RepositoryID *ID `json:"repositoryId,omitempty"`
	// The team to link the project to. The team will be granted read permissions. (Optional.)
	TeamID *ID `json:"teamId,omitempty"`
}

CreateProjectV2Input is an autogenerated input type of CreateProjectV2.

type CreateProjectV2StatusUpdateInput 

type CreateProjectV2StatusUpdateInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to create the status update in. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The start date of the status update. (Optional.)
	StartDate *Date `json:"startDate,omitempty"`
	// The target date of the status update. (Optional.)
	TargetDate *Date `json:"targetDate,omitempty"`
	// The status of the status update. (Optional.)
	Status *ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// The body of the status update. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
}

CreateProjectV2StatusUpdateInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateProjectV2StatusUpdate.

type CreatePullRequestInput 

type CreatePullRequestInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The name of the branch you want your changes pulled into. This should be an existing branch on the current repository. You cannot update the base branch on a pull request to point to another repository. (Required.)
	BaseRefName String `json:"baseRefName"`
	// The name of the branch where your changes are implemented. For cross-repository pull requests in the same network, namespace `head_ref_name` with a user like this: `username:branch`. (Required.)
	HeadRefName String `json:"headRefName"`
	// The title of the pull request. (Required.)
	Title String `json:"title"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the head repository. (Optional.)
	HeadRepositoryID *ID `json:"headRepositoryId,omitempty"`
	// The contents of the pull request. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// Indicates whether maintainers can modify the pull request. (Optional.)
	MaintainerCanModify *Boolean `json:"maintainerCanModify,omitempty"`
	// Indicates whether this pull request should be a draft. (Optional.)
	Draft *Boolean `json:"draft,omitempty"`
}

CreatePullRequestInput is an autogenerated input type of CreatePullRequest.

type CreateRefInput 

type CreateRefInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the Repository to create the Ref in. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The fully qualified name of the new Ref (ie: `refs/heads/my_new_branch`). (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// The GitObjectID that the new Ref shall target. Must point to a commit. (Required.)
	Oid GitObjectID `json:"oid"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

CreateRefInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateRef.

type CreateRepositoryInput 

type CreateRepositoryInput struct {
	// The name of the new repository. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// Indicates the repository's visibility level. (Required.)
	Visibility RepositoryVisibility `json:"visibility"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the owner for the new repository. (Optional.)
	OwnerID *ID `json:"ownerId,omitempty"`
	// A short description of the new repository. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Whether this repository should be marked as a template such that anyone who can access it can create new repositories with the same files and directory structure. (Optional.)
	Template *Boolean `json:"template,omitempty"`
	// The URL for a web page about this repository. (Optional.)
	HomepageURL *URI `json:"homepageUrl,omitempty"`
	// Indicates if the repository should have the wiki feature enabled. (Optional.)
	HasWikiEnabled *Boolean `json:"hasWikiEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Indicates if the repository should have the issues feature enabled. (Optional.)
	HasIssuesEnabled *Boolean `json:"hasIssuesEnabled,omitempty"`
	// When an organization is specified as the owner, this ID identifies the team that should be granted access to the new repository. (Optional.)
	TeamID *ID `json:"teamId,omitempty"`
}

CreateRepositoryInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateRepository.

type CreateRepositoryRulesetInput 

type CreateRepositoryRulesetInput struct {
	// The global relay id of the source in which a new ruleset should be created in. (Required.)
	SourceID ID `json:"sourceId"`
	// The name of the ruleset. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// The set of conditions for this ruleset. (Required.)
	Conditions RepositoryRuleConditionsInput `json:"conditions"`
	// The enforcement level for this ruleset. (Required.)
	Enforcement RuleEnforcement `json:"enforcement"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The target of the ruleset. (Optional.)
	Target *RepositoryRulesetTarget `json:"target,omitempty"`
	// The list of rules for this ruleset. (Optional.)
	Rules *[]RepositoryRuleInput `json:"rules,omitempty"`
	// A list of actors that are allowed to bypass rules in this ruleset. (Optional.)
	BypassActors *[]RepositoryRulesetBypassActorInput `json:"bypassActors,omitempty"`
}

CreateRepositoryRulesetInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateRepositoryRuleset.

type CreateSponsorsListingInput 

type CreateSponsorsListingInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the organization to create a GitHub Sponsors profile for, if desired. Defaults to creating a GitHub Sponsors profile for the authenticated user if omitted. (Optional.)
	SponsorableLogin *String `json:"sponsorableLogin,omitempty"`
	// The username of the supported fiscal host's GitHub organization, if you want to receive sponsorship payouts through a fiscal host rather than directly to a bank account. For example, 'Open-Source-Collective' for Open Source Collective or 'numfocus' for numFOCUS. Case insensitive. See https://docs.github.com/sponsors/receiving-sponsorships-through-github-sponsors/using-a-fiscal-host-to-receive-github-sponsors-payouts for more information. (Optional.)
	FiscalHostLogin *String `json:"fiscalHostLogin,omitempty"`
	// The URL for your profile page on the fiscal host's website, e.g., https://opencollective.com/babel or https://numfocus.org/project/bokeh. Required if fiscalHostLogin is specified. (Optional.)
	FiscallyHostedProjectProfileURL *String `json:"fiscallyHostedProjectProfileUrl,omitempty"`
	// The country or region where the sponsorable's bank account is located. Required if fiscalHostLogin is not specified, ignored when fiscalHostLogin is specified. (Optional.)
	BillingCountryOrRegionCode *SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode `json:"billingCountryOrRegionCode,omitempty"`
	// The country or region where the sponsorable resides. This is for tax purposes. Required if the sponsorable is yourself, ignored when sponsorableLogin specifies an organization. (Optional.)
	ResidenceCountryOrRegionCode *SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode `json:"residenceCountryOrRegionCode,omitempty"`
	// The email address we should use to contact you about the GitHub Sponsors profile being created. This will not be shared publicly. Must be a verified email address already on your GitHub account. Only relevant when the sponsorable is yourself. Defaults to your primary email address on file if omitted. (Optional.)
	ContactEmail *String `json:"contactEmail,omitempty"`
	// Provide an introduction to serve as the main focus that appears on your GitHub Sponsors profile. It's a great opportunity to help potential sponsors learn more about you, your work, and why their sponsorship is important to you. GitHub-flavored Markdown is supported. (Optional.)
	FullDescription *String `json:"fullDescription,omitempty"`
}

CreateSponsorsListingInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateSponsorsListing.

type CreateSponsorsTierInput 

type CreateSponsorsTierInput struct {
	// The value of the new tier in US dollars. Valid values: 1-12000. (Required.)
	Amount Int `json:"amount"`
	// A description of what this tier is, what perks sponsors might receive, what a sponsorship at this tier means for you, etc. (Required.)
	Description String `json:"description"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the user or organization who owns the GitHub Sponsors profile. Defaults to the current user if omitted and sponsorableLogin is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableID *ID `json:"sponsorableId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the user or organization who owns the GitHub Sponsors profile. Defaults to the current user if omitted and sponsorableId is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableLogin *String `json:"sponsorableLogin,omitempty"`
	// Whether sponsorships using this tier should happen monthly/yearly or just once. (Optional.)
	IsRecurring *Boolean `json:"isRecurring,omitempty"`
	// Optional ID of the private repository that sponsors at this tier should gain read-only access to. Must be owned by an organization. (Optional.)
	RepositoryID *ID `json:"repositoryId,omitempty"`
	// Optional login of the organization owner of the private repository that sponsors at this tier should gain read-only access to. Necessary if repositoryName is given. Will be ignored if repositoryId is given. (Optional.)
	RepositoryOwnerLogin *String `json:"repositoryOwnerLogin,omitempty"`
	// Optional name of the private repository that sponsors at this tier should gain read-only access to. Must be owned by an organization. Necessary if repositoryOwnerLogin is given. Will be ignored if repositoryId is given. (Optional.)
	RepositoryName *String `json:"repositoryName,omitempty"`
	// Optional message new sponsors at this tier will receive. (Optional.)
	WelcomeMessage *String `json:"welcomeMessage,omitempty"`
	// Whether to make the tier available immediately for sponsors to choose. Defaults to creating a draft tier that will not be publicly visible. (Optional.)
	Publish *Boolean `json:"publish,omitempty"`
}

CreateSponsorsTierInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateSponsorsTier.

type CreateSponsorshipInput 

type CreateSponsorshipInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the user or organization who is acting as the sponsor, paying for the sponsorship. Required if sponsorLogin is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorID *ID `json:"sponsorId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the user or organization who is acting as the sponsor, paying for the sponsorship. Required if sponsorId is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorLogin *String `json:"sponsorLogin,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the user or organization who is receiving the sponsorship. Required if sponsorableLogin is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableID *ID `json:"sponsorableId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the user or organization who is receiving the sponsorship. Required if sponsorableId is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableLogin *String `json:"sponsorableLogin,omitempty"`
	// The ID of one of sponsorable's existing tiers to sponsor at. Required if amount is not specified. (Optional.)
	TierID *ID `json:"tierId,omitempty"`
	// The amount to pay to the sponsorable in US dollars. Required if a tierId is not specified. Valid values: 1-12000. (Optional.)
	Amount *Int `json:"amount,omitempty"`
	// Whether the sponsorship should happen monthly/yearly or just this one time. Required if a tierId is not specified. (Optional.)
	IsRecurring *Boolean `json:"isRecurring,omitempty"`
	// Whether the sponsor should receive email updates from the sponsorable. (Optional.)
	ReceiveEmails *Boolean `json:"receiveEmails,omitempty"`
	// Specify whether others should be able to see that the sponsor is sponsoring the sponsorable. Public visibility still does not reveal which tier is used. (Optional.)
	PrivacyLevel *SponsorshipPrivacy `json:"privacyLevel,omitempty"`
}

CreateSponsorshipInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateSponsorship.

type CreateSponsorshipsInput 

type CreateSponsorshipsInput struct {
	// The username of the user or organization who is acting as the sponsor, paying for the sponsorships. (Required.)
	SponsorLogin String `json:"sponsorLogin"`
	// The list of maintainers to sponsor and for how much apiece. (Required.)
	Sponsorships []BulkSponsorship `json:"sponsorships"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Whether the sponsor should receive email updates from the sponsorables. (Optional.)
	ReceiveEmails *Boolean `json:"receiveEmails,omitempty"`
	// Specify whether others should be able to see that the sponsor is sponsoring the sponsorables. Public visibility still does not reveal the dollar value of the sponsorship. (Optional.)
	PrivacyLevel *SponsorshipPrivacy `json:"privacyLevel,omitempty"`
	// Whether the sponsorships created should continue each billing cycle for the sponsor (monthly or annually), versus lasting only a single month. Defaults to one-time sponsorships. (Optional.)
	Recurring *Boolean `json:"recurring,omitempty"`
}

CreateSponsorshipsInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateSponsorships.

type CreateTeamDiscussionCommentInput 

type CreateTeamDiscussionCommentInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the discussion to which the comment belongs. This field is required. **Upcoming Change on 2024-07-01 UTC** **Description:** `discussionId` will be removed. Follow the guide at https://github.blog/changelog/2023-02-08-sunset-notice-team-discussions/ to find a suitable replacement. **Reason:** The Team Discussions feature is deprecated in favor of Organization Discussions. (Optional.)
	DiscussionID *ID `json:"discussionId,omitempty"`
	// The content of the comment. This field is required. **Upcoming Change on 2024-07-01 UTC** **Description:** `body` will be removed. Follow the guide at https://github.blog/changelog/2023-02-08-sunset-notice-team-discussions/ to find a suitable replacement. **Reason:** The Team Discussions feature is deprecated in favor of Organization Discussions. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
}

CreateTeamDiscussionCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateTeamDiscussionComment.

type CreateTeamDiscussionInput 

type CreateTeamDiscussionInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the team to which the discussion belongs. This field is required. **Upcoming Change on 2024-07-01 UTC** **Description:** `teamId` will be removed. Follow the guide at https://github.blog/changelog/2023-02-08-sunset-notice-team-discussions/ to find a suitable replacement. **Reason:** The Team Discussions feature is deprecated in favor of Organization Discussions. (Optional.)
	TeamID *ID `json:"teamId,omitempty"`
	// The title of the discussion. This field is required. **Upcoming Change on 2024-07-01 UTC** **Description:** `title` will be removed. Follow the guide at https://github.blog/changelog/2023-02-08-sunset-notice-team-discussions/ to find a suitable replacement. **Reason:** The Team Discussions feature is deprecated in favor of Organization Discussions. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// The content of the discussion. This field is required. **Upcoming Change on 2024-07-01 UTC** **Description:** `body` will be removed. Follow the guide at https://github.blog/changelog/2023-02-08-sunset-notice-team-discussions/ to find a suitable replacement. **Reason:** The Team Discussions feature is deprecated in favor of Organization Discussions. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// If true, restricts the visibility of this discussion to team members and organization owners. If false or not specified, allows any organization member to view this discussion. **Upcoming Change on 2024-07-01 UTC** **Description:** `private` will be removed. Follow the guide at https://github.blog/changelog/2023-02-08-sunset-notice-team-discussions/ to find a suitable replacement. **Reason:** The Team Discussions feature is deprecated in favor of Organization Discussions. (Optional.)
	Private *Boolean `json:"private,omitempty"`
}

CreateTeamDiscussionInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateTeamDiscussion.

type CreateUserListInput 

type CreateUserListInput struct {
	// The name of the new list. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// A description of the list. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Whether or not the list is private. (Optional.)
	IsPrivate *Boolean `json:"isPrivate,omitempty"`
}

CreateUserListInput is an autogenerated input type of CreateUserList.

type Date 

type Date struct{ time.Time }

Date is an ISO-8601 encoded date.

func NewDate 

func NewDate(v Date) *Date

NewDate is a helper to make a new *Date.

type DateTime 

type DateTime struct{ time.Time }

DateTime is an ISO-8601 encoded UTC date.

func NewDateTime 

func NewDateTime(v DateTime) *DateTime

NewDateTime is a helper to make a new *DateTime.

type DeclineTopicSuggestionInput 

type DeclineTopicSuggestionInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the repository. **Upcoming Change on 2024-04-01 UTC** **Description:** `repositoryId` will be removed. **Reason:** Suggested topics are no longer supported. (Optional.)
	RepositoryID *ID `json:"repositoryId,omitempty"`
	// The name of the suggested topic. **Upcoming Change on 2024-04-01 UTC** **Description:** `name` will be removed. **Reason:** Suggested topics are no longer supported. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// The reason why the suggested topic is declined. **Upcoming Change on 2024-04-01 UTC** **Description:** `reason` will be removed. **Reason:** Suggested topics are no longer supported. (Optional.)
	Reason *TopicSuggestionDeclineReason `json:"reason,omitempty"`
}

DeclineTopicSuggestionInput is an autogenerated input type of DeclineTopicSuggestion.

type DefaultRepositoryPermissionField 

type DefaultRepositoryPermissionField string

DefaultRepositoryPermissionField represents the possible base permissions for repositories. 

const (
	DefaultRepositoryPermissionFieldNone  DefaultRepositoryPermissionField = "NONE"  // No access.
	DefaultRepositoryPermissionFieldRead  DefaultRepositoryPermissionField = "READ"  // Can read repos by default.
	DefaultRepositoryPermissionFieldWrite DefaultRepositoryPermissionField = "WRITE" // Can read and write repos by default.
	DefaultRepositoryPermissionFieldAdmin DefaultRepositoryPermissionField = "ADMIN" // Can read, write, and administrate repos by default.
)

The possible base permissions for repositories.

type DeleteBranchProtectionRuleInput 

type DeleteBranchProtectionRuleInput struct {
	// The global relay id of the branch protection rule to be deleted. (Required.)
	BranchProtectionRuleID ID `json:"branchProtectionRuleId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteBranchProtectionRuleInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteBranchProtectionRule.

type DeleteDeploymentInput 

type DeleteDeploymentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the deployment to be deleted. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteDeploymentInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteDeployment.

type DeleteDiscussionCommentInput 

type DeleteDiscussionCommentInput struct {
	// The Node id of the discussion comment to delete. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteDiscussionCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteDiscussionComment.

type DeleteDiscussionInput 

type DeleteDiscussionInput struct {
	// The id of the discussion to delete. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteDiscussionInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteDiscussion.

type DeleteEnvironmentInput 

type DeleteEnvironmentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the environment to be deleted. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteEnvironmentInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteEnvironment.

type DeleteIpAllowListEntryInput 

type DeleteIpAllowListEntryInput struct {
	// The ID of the IP allow list entry to delete. (Required.)
	IPAllowListEntryID ID `json:"ipAllowListEntryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteIpAllowListEntryInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteIpAllowListEntry.

type DeleteIssueCommentInput 

type DeleteIssueCommentInput struct {
	// The ID of the comment to delete. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteIssueCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteIssueComment.

type DeleteIssueInput 

type DeleteIssueInput struct {
	// The ID of the issue to delete. (Required.)
	IssueID ID `json:"issueId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteIssue.

type DeleteLabelInput 

type DeleteLabelInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the label to be deleted. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteLabelInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteLabel.

type DeleteLinkedBranchInput 

type DeleteLinkedBranchInput struct {
	// The ID of the linked branch. (Required.)
	LinkedBranchID ID `json:"linkedBranchId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteLinkedBranchInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteLinkedBranch.

type DeletePackageVersionInput 

type DeletePackageVersionInput struct {
	// The ID of the package version to be deleted. (Required.)
	PackageVersionID ID `json:"packageVersionId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeletePackageVersionInput is an autogenerated input type of DeletePackageVersion.

type DeleteProjectCardInput 

type DeleteProjectCardInput struct {
	// The id of the card to delete. (Required.)
	CardID ID `json:"cardId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteProjectCardInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteProjectCard.

type DeleteProjectColumnInput 

type DeleteProjectColumnInput struct {
	// The id of the column to delete. (Required.)
	ColumnID ID `json:"columnId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteProjectColumnInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteProjectColumn.

type DeleteProjectInput 

type DeleteProjectInput struct {
	// The Project ID to update. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteProjectInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteProject.

type DeleteProjectV2FieldInput 

type DeleteProjectV2FieldInput struct {
	// The ID of the field to delete. (Required.)
	FieldID ID `json:"fieldId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteProjectV2FieldInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteProjectV2Field.

type DeleteProjectV2Input 

type DeleteProjectV2Input struct {
	// The ID of the Project to delete. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteProjectV2Input is an autogenerated input type of DeleteProjectV2.

type DeleteProjectV2ItemInput 

type DeleteProjectV2ItemInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project from which the item should be removed. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the item to be removed. (Required.)
	ItemID ID `json:"itemId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteProjectV2ItemInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteProjectV2Item.

type DeleteProjectV2StatusUpdateInput 

type DeleteProjectV2StatusUpdateInput struct {
	// The ID of the status update to be removed. (Required.)
	StatusUpdateID ID `json:"statusUpdateId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteProjectV2StatusUpdateInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteProjectV2StatusUpdate.

type DeleteProjectV2WorkflowInput 

type DeleteProjectV2WorkflowInput struct {
	// The ID of the workflow to be removed. (Required.)
	WorkflowID ID `json:"workflowId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteProjectV2WorkflowInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteProjectV2Workflow.

type DeletePullRequestReviewCommentInput 

type DeletePullRequestReviewCommentInput struct {
	// The ID of the comment to delete. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeletePullRequestReviewCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of DeletePullRequestReviewComment.

type DeletePullRequestReviewInput 

type DeletePullRequestReviewInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request review to delete. (Required.)
	PullRequestReviewID ID `json:"pullRequestReviewId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeletePullRequestReviewInput is an autogenerated input type of DeletePullRequestReview.

type DeleteRefInput 

type DeleteRefInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the Ref to be deleted. (Required.)
	RefID ID `json:"refId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteRefInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteRef.

type DeleteRepositoryRulesetInput 

type DeleteRepositoryRulesetInput struct {
	// The global relay id of the repository ruleset to be deleted. (Required.)
	RepositoryRulesetID ID `json:"repositoryRulesetId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteRepositoryRulesetInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteRepositoryRuleset.

type DeleteTeamDiscussionCommentInput 

type DeleteTeamDiscussionCommentInput struct {
	// The ID of the comment to delete. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteTeamDiscussionCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteTeamDiscussionComment.

type DeleteTeamDiscussionInput 

type DeleteTeamDiscussionInput struct {
	// The discussion ID to delete. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteTeamDiscussionInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteTeamDiscussion.

type DeleteUserListInput 

type DeleteUserListInput struct {
	// The ID of the list to delete. (Required.)
	ListID ID `json:"listId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteUserListInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteUserList.

type DeleteVerifiableDomainInput 

type DeleteVerifiableDomainInput struct {
	// The ID of the verifiable domain to delete. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteVerifiableDomainInput is an autogenerated input type of DeleteVerifiableDomain.

type DependencyGraphEcosystem 

type DependencyGraphEcosystem string

DependencyGraphEcosystem represents the possible ecosystems of a dependency graph package. 

const (
	DependencyGraphEcosystemRubygems DependencyGraphEcosystem = "RUBYGEMS" // Ruby gems hosted at RubyGems.org.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemNpm      DependencyGraphEcosystem = "NPM"      // JavaScript packages hosted at npmjs.com.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemPip      DependencyGraphEcosystem = "PIP"      // Python packages hosted at PyPI.org.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemMaven    DependencyGraphEcosystem = "MAVEN"    // Java artifacts hosted at the Maven central repository.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemNuget    DependencyGraphEcosystem = "NUGET"    // .NET packages hosted at the NuGet Gallery.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemComposer DependencyGraphEcosystem = "COMPOSER" // PHP packages hosted at packagist.org.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemGo       DependencyGraphEcosystem = "GO"       // Go modules.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemActions  DependencyGraphEcosystem = "ACTIONS"  // GitHub Actions.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemRust     DependencyGraphEcosystem = "RUST"     // Rust crates.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemPub      DependencyGraphEcosystem = "PUB"      // Dart packages hosted at pub.dev.
	DependencyGraphEcosystemSwift    DependencyGraphEcosystem = "SWIFT"    // Swift packages.
)

The possible ecosystems of a dependency graph package.

type DeploymentOrder 

type DeploymentOrder struct {
	// The field to order deployments by. (Required.)
	Field DeploymentOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

DeploymentOrder represents ordering options for deployment connections.

type DeploymentOrderField 

type DeploymentOrderField string

DeploymentOrderField represents properties by which deployment connections can be ordered. 

const (
	DeploymentOrderFieldCreatedAt DeploymentOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order collection by creation time.
)

Properties by which deployment connections can be ordered.

type DeploymentProtectionRuleType 

type DeploymentProtectionRuleType string

DeploymentProtectionRuleType represents the possible protection rule types. 

const (
	DeploymentProtectionRuleTypeRequiredReviewers DeploymentProtectionRuleType = "REQUIRED_REVIEWERS" // Required reviewers.
	DeploymentProtectionRuleTypeWaitTimer         DeploymentProtectionRuleType = "WAIT_TIMER"         // Wait timer.
	DeploymentProtectionRuleTypeBranchPolicy      DeploymentProtectionRuleType = "BRANCH_POLICY"      // Branch policy.
)

The possible protection rule types.

type DeploymentReviewState 

type DeploymentReviewState string

DeploymentReviewState represents the possible states for a deployment review. 

const (
	DeploymentReviewStateApproved DeploymentReviewState = "APPROVED" // The deployment was approved.
	DeploymentReviewStateRejected DeploymentReviewState = "REJECTED" // The deployment was rejected.
)

The possible states for a deployment review.

type DeploymentState 

type DeploymentState string

DeploymentState represents the possible states in which a deployment can be. 

const (
	DeploymentStateAbandoned  DeploymentState = "ABANDONED"   // The pending deployment was not updated after 30 minutes.
	DeploymentStateActive     DeploymentState = "ACTIVE"      // The deployment is currently active.
	DeploymentStateDestroyed  DeploymentState = "DESTROYED"   // An inactive transient deployment.
	DeploymentStateError      DeploymentState = "ERROR"       // The deployment experienced an error.
	DeploymentStateFailure    DeploymentState = "FAILURE"     // The deployment has failed.
	DeploymentStateInactive   DeploymentState = "INACTIVE"    // The deployment is inactive.
	DeploymentStatePending    DeploymentState = "PENDING"     // The deployment is pending.
	DeploymentStateSuccess    DeploymentState = "SUCCESS"     // The deployment was successful.
	DeploymentStateQueued     DeploymentState = "QUEUED"      // The deployment has queued.
	DeploymentStateInProgress DeploymentState = "IN_PROGRESS" // The deployment is in progress.
	DeploymentStateWaiting    DeploymentState = "WAITING"     // The deployment is waiting.
)

The possible states in which a deployment can be.

type DeploymentStatusState 

type DeploymentStatusState string

DeploymentStatusState represents the possible states for a deployment status. 

const (
	DeploymentStatusStatePending    DeploymentStatusState = "PENDING"     // The deployment is pending.
	DeploymentStatusStateSuccess    DeploymentStatusState = "SUCCESS"     // The deployment was successful.
	DeploymentStatusStateFailure    DeploymentStatusState = "FAILURE"     // The deployment has failed.
	DeploymentStatusStateInactive   DeploymentStatusState = "INACTIVE"    // The deployment is inactive.
	DeploymentStatusStateError      DeploymentStatusState = "ERROR"       // The deployment experienced an error.
	DeploymentStatusStateQueued     DeploymentStatusState = "QUEUED"      // The deployment is queued.
	DeploymentStatusStateInProgress DeploymentStatusState = "IN_PROGRESS" // The deployment is in progress.
	DeploymentStatusStateWaiting    DeploymentStatusState = "WAITING"     // The deployment is waiting.
)

The possible states for a deployment status.

type DequeuePullRequestInput 

type DequeuePullRequestInput struct {
	// The ID of the pull request to be dequeued. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DequeuePullRequestInput is an autogenerated input type of DequeuePullRequest.

type DiffSide 

type DiffSide string

DiffSide represents the possible sides of a diff. 

const (
	DiffSideLeft  DiffSide = "LEFT"  // The left side of the diff.
	DiffSideRight DiffSide = "RIGHT" // The right side of the diff.
)

The possible sides of a diff.

type DisablePullRequestAutoMergeInput 

type DisablePullRequestAutoMergeInput struct {
	// ID of the pull request to disable auto merge on. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DisablePullRequestAutoMergeInput is an autogenerated input type of DisablePullRequestAutoMerge.

type DiscussionCloseReason 

type DiscussionCloseReason string

DiscussionCloseReason represents the possible reasons for closing a discussion. 

const (
	DiscussionCloseReasonResolved  DiscussionCloseReason = "RESOLVED"  // The discussion has been resolved.
	DiscussionCloseReasonOutdated  DiscussionCloseReason = "OUTDATED"  // The discussion is no longer relevant.
	DiscussionCloseReasonDuplicate DiscussionCloseReason = "DUPLICATE" // The discussion is a duplicate of another.
)

The possible reasons for closing a discussion.

type DiscussionOrder 

type DiscussionOrder struct {
	// The field by which to order discussions. (Required.)
	Field DiscussionOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order discussions by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

DiscussionOrder represents ways in which lists of discussions can be ordered upon return.

type DiscussionOrderField 

type DiscussionOrderField string

DiscussionOrderField represents properties by which discussion connections can be ordered. 

const (
	DiscussionOrderFieldCreatedAt DiscussionOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order discussions by creation time.
	DiscussionOrderFieldUpdatedAt DiscussionOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order discussions by most recent modification time.
)

Properties by which discussion connections can be ordered.

type DiscussionPollOptionOrder 

type DiscussionPollOptionOrder struct {
	// The field to order poll options by. (Required.)
	Field DiscussionPollOptionOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

DiscussionPollOptionOrder represents ordering options for discussion poll option connections.

type DiscussionPollOptionOrderField 

type DiscussionPollOptionOrderField string

DiscussionPollOptionOrderField represents properties by which discussion poll option connections can be ordered. 

const (
	DiscussionPollOptionOrderFieldAuthoredOrder DiscussionPollOptionOrderField = "AUTHORED_ORDER" // Order poll options by the order that the poll author specified when creating the poll.
	DiscussionPollOptionOrderFieldVoteCount     DiscussionPollOptionOrderField = "VOTE_COUNT"     // Order poll options by the number of votes it has.
)

Properties by which discussion poll option connections can be ordered.

type DiscussionState 

type DiscussionState string

DiscussionState represents the possible states of a discussion. 

const (
	DiscussionStateOpen   DiscussionState = "OPEN"   // A discussion that is open.
	DiscussionStateClosed DiscussionState = "CLOSED" // A discussion that has been closed.
)

The possible states of a discussion.

type DiscussionStateReason 

type DiscussionStateReason string

DiscussionStateReason represents the possible state reasons of a discussion. 

const (
	DiscussionStateReasonResolved  DiscussionStateReason = "RESOLVED"  // The discussion has been resolved.
	DiscussionStateReasonOutdated  DiscussionStateReason = "OUTDATED"  // The discussion is no longer relevant.
	DiscussionStateReasonDuplicate DiscussionStateReason = "DUPLICATE" // The discussion is a duplicate of another.
	DiscussionStateReasonReopened  DiscussionStateReason = "REOPENED"  // The discussion was reopened.
)

The possible state reasons of a discussion.

type DismissPullRequestReviewInput 

type DismissPullRequestReviewInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request review to modify. (Required.)
	PullRequestReviewID ID `json:"pullRequestReviewId"`
	// The contents of the pull request review dismissal message. (Required.)
	Message String `json:"message"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DismissPullRequestReviewInput is an autogenerated input type of DismissPullRequestReview.

type DismissReason 

type DismissReason string

DismissReason represents the possible reasons that a Dependabot alert was dismissed. 

const (
	DismissReasonFixStarted    DismissReason = "FIX_STARTED"    // A fix has already been started.
	DismissReasonNoBandwidth   DismissReason = "NO_BANDWIDTH"   // No bandwidth to fix this.
	DismissReasonTolerableRisk DismissReason = "TOLERABLE_RISK" // Risk is tolerable to this project.
	DismissReasonInaccurate    DismissReason = "INACCURATE"     // This alert is inaccurate or incorrect.
	DismissReasonNotUsed       DismissReason = "NOT_USED"       // Vulnerable code is not actually used.
)

The possible reasons that a Dependabot alert was dismissed.

type DismissRepositoryVulnerabilityAlertInput 

type DismissRepositoryVulnerabilityAlertInput struct {
	// The Dependabot alert ID to dismiss. (Required.)
	RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertID ID `json:"repositoryVulnerabilityAlertId"`
	// The reason the Dependabot alert is being dismissed. (Required.)
	DismissReason DismissReason `json:"dismissReason"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

DismissRepositoryVulnerabilityAlertInput is an autogenerated input type of DismissRepositoryVulnerabilityAlert.

type DraftPullRequestReviewComment 

type DraftPullRequestReviewComment struct {
	// Path to the file being commented on. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`
	// Position in the file to leave a comment on. (Required.)
	Position Int `json:"position"`
	// Body of the comment to leave. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`
}

DraftPullRequestReviewComment specifies a review comment to be left with a Pull Request Review.

type DraftPullRequestReviewThread 

type DraftPullRequestReviewThread struct {
	// Path to the file being commented on. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`
	// The line of the blob to which the thread refers. The end of the line range for multi-line comments. (Required.)
	Line Int `json:"line"`
	// Body of the comment to leave. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// The side of the diff on which the line resides. For multi-line comments, this is the side for the end of the line range. (Optional.)
	Side *DiffSide `json:"side,omitempty"`
	// The first line of the range to which the comment refers. (Optional.)
	StartLine *Int `json:"startLine,omitempty"`
	// The side of the diff on which the start line resides. (Optional.)
	StartSide *DiffSide `json:"startSide,omitempty"`
}

DraftPullRequestReviewThread specifies a review comment thread to be left with a Pull Request Review.

type EnablePullRequestAutoMergeInput 

type EnablePullRequestAutoMergeInput struct {
	// ID of the pull request to enable auto-merge on. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Commit headline to use for the commit when the PR is mergable; if omitted, a default message will be used. NOTE: when merging with a merge queue any input value for commit headline is ignored. (Optional.)
	CommitHeadline *String `json:"commitHeadline,omitempty"`
	// Commit body to use for the commit when the PR is mergable; if omitted, a default message will be used. NOTE: when merging with a merge queue any input value for commit message is ignored. (Optional.)
	CommitBody *String `json:"commitBody,omitempty"`
	// The merge method to use. If omitted, defaults to `MERGE`. NOTE: when merging with a merge queue any input value for merge method is ignored. (Optional.)
	MergeMethod *PullRequestMergeMethod `json:"mergeMethod,omitempty"`
	// The email address to associate with this merge. (Optional.)
	AuthorEmail *String `json:"authorEmail,omitempty"`
	// The expected head OID of the pull request. (Optional.)
	ExpectedHeadOid *GitObjectID `json:"expectedHeadOid,omitempty"`
}

EnablePullRequestAutoMergeInput is an autogenerated input type of EnablePullRequestAutoMerge.

type EnqueuePullRequestInput 

type EnqueuePullRequestInput struct {
	// The ID of the pull request to enqueue. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Add the pull request to the front of the queue. (Optional.)
	Jump *Boolean `json:"jump,omitempty"`
	// The expected head OID of the pull request. (Optional.)
	ExpectedHeadOid *GitObjectID `json:"expectedHeadOid,omitempty"`
}

EnqueuePullRequestInput is an autogenerated input type of EnqueuePullRequest.

type EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrder 

type EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrder struct {
	// The field to order enterprise administrator invitations by. (Required.)
	Field EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrder represents ordering options for enterprise administrator invitation connections.

type EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrderField 

type EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrderField string

EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrderField represents properties by which enterprise administrator invitation connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrderFieldCreatedAt EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order enterprise administrator member invitations by creation time.
)

Properties by which enterprise administrator invitation connections can be ordered.

type EnterpriseAdministratorRole 

type EnterpriseAdministratorRole string

EnterpriseAdministratorRole represents the possible administrator roles in an enterprise account. 

const (
	EnterpriseAdministratorRoleOwner          EnterpriseAdministratorRole = "OWNER"           // Represents an owner of the enterprise account.
	EnterpriseAdministratorRoleBillingManager EnterpriseAdministratorRole = "BILLING_MANAGER" // Represents a billing manager of the enterprise account.
)

The possible administrator roles in an enterprise account.

type EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue 

type EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue string

EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue represents the possible values for the enterprise allow private repository forking policy value. 

const (
	EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValueEnterpriseOrganizations             EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue = "ENTERPRISE_ORGANIZATIONS"               // Members can fork a repository to an organization within this enterprise.
	EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValueSameOrganization                    EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue = "SAME_ORGANIZATION"                      // Members can fork a repository only within the same organization (intra-org).
	EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValueSameOrganizationUserAccounts        EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue = "SAME_ORGANIZATION_USER_ACCOUNTS"        // Members can fork a repository to their user account or within the same organization.
	EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValueEnterpriseOrganizationsUserAccounts EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue = "ENTERPRISE_ORGANIZATIONS_USER_ACCOUNTS" // Members can fork a repository to their enterprise-managed user account or an organization inside this enterprise.
	EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValueUserAccounts                        EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue = "USER_ACCOUNTS"                          // Members can fork a repository to their user account.
	EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValueEverywhere                          EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue = "EVERYWHERE"                             // Members can fork a repository to their user account or an organization, either inside or outside of this enterprise.
)

The possible values for the enterprise allow private repository forking policy value.

type EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue 

type EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue string

EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue represents the possible values for the enterprise base repository permission setting. 

const (
	EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValueNoPolicy EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue = "NO_POLICY" // Organizations in the enterprise choose base repository permissions for their members.
	EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValueAdmin    EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue = "ADMIN"     // Organization members will be able to clone, pull, push, and add new collaborators to all organization repositories.
	EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValueWrite    EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue = "WRITE"     // Organization members will be able to clone, pull, and push all organization repositories.
	EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValueRead     EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue = "READ"      // Organization members will be able to clone and pull all organization repositories.
	EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValueNone     EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue = "NONE"      // Organization members will only be able to clone and pull public repositories.
)

The possible values for the enterprise base repository permission setting.

type EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue 

type EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue string

EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue represents the possible values for an enabled/disabled enterprise setting. 

const (
	EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValueEnabled  EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue = "ENABLED"   // The setting is enabled for organizations in the enterprise.
	EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValueDisabled EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue = "DISABLED"  // The setting is disabled for organizations in the enterprise.
	EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValueNoPolicy EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue = "NO_POLICY" // There is no policy set for organizations in the enterprise.
)

The possible values for an enabled/disabled enterprise setting.

type EnterpriseEnabledSettingValue 

type EnterpriseEnabledSettingValue string

EnterpriseEnabledSettingValue represents the possible values for an enabled/no policy enterprise setting. 

const (
	EnterpriseEnabledSettingValueEnabled  EnterpriseEnabledSettingValue = "ENABLED"   // The setting is enabled for organizations in the enterprise.
	EnterpriseEnabledSettingValueNoPolicy EnterpriseEnabledSettingValue = "NO_POLICY" // There is no policy set for organizations in the enterprise.
)

The possible values for an enabled/no policy enterprise setting.

type EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrder 

type EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrder struct {
	// The field to order enterprise member invitations by. (Required.)
	Field EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrder represents ordering options for enterprise administrator invitation connections.

type EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrderField 

type EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrderField string

EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrderField represents properties by which enterprise member invitation connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrderFieldCreatedAt EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order enterprise member invitations by creation time.
)

Properties by which enterprise member invitation connections can be ordered.

type EnterpriseMemberOrder 

type EnterpriseMemberOrder struct {
	// The field to order enterprise members by. (Required.)
	Field EnterpriseMemberOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

EnterpriseMemberOrder represents ordering options for enterprise member connections.

type EnterpriseMemberOrderField 

type EnterpriseMemberOrderField string

EnterpriseMemberOrderField represents properties by which enterprise member connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnterpriseMemberOrderFieldLogin     EnterpriseMemberOrderField = "LOGIN"      // Order enterprise members by login.
	EnterpriseMemberOrderFieldCreatedAt EnterpriseMemberOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order enterprise members by creation time.
)

Properties by which enterprise member connections can be ordered.

type EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue 

type EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue string

EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue represents the possible values for the enterprise members can create repositories setting. 

const (
	EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValueNoPolicy EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "NO_POLICY" // Organization owners choose whether to allow members to create repositories.
	EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValueAll      EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "ALL"       // Members will be able to create public and private repositories.
	EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValuePublic   EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "PUBLIC"    // Members will be able to create only public repositories.
	EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValuePrivate  EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "PRIVATE"   // Members will be able to create only private repositories.
	EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValueDisabled EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "DISABLED"  // Members will not be able to create public or private repositories.
)

The possible values for the enterprise members can create repositories setting.

type EnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingValue 

type EnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingValue string

EnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingValue represents the possible values for the members can make purchases setting. 

const (
	EnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingValueEnabled  EnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingValue = "ENABLED"  // The setting is enabled for organizations in the enterprise.
	EnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingValueDisabled EnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingValue = "DISABLED" // The setting is disabled for organizations in the enterprise.
)

The possible values for the members can make purchases setting.

type EnterpriseMembershipType 

type EnterpriseMembershipType string

EnterpriseMembershipType represents the possible values we have for filtering Platform::Objects::User#enterprises. 

const (
	EnterpriseMembershipTypeAll            EnterpriseMembershipType = "ALL"             // Returns all enterprises in which the user is a member, admin, or billing manager.
	EnterpriseMembershipTypeAdmin          EnterpriseMembershipType = "ADMIN"           // Returns all enterprises in which the user is an admin.
	EnterpriseMembershipTypeBillingManager EnterpriseMembershipType = "BILLING_MANAGER" // Returns all enterprises in which the user is a billing manager.
	EnterpriseMembershipTypeOrgMembership  EnterpriseMembershipType = "ORG_MEMBERSHIP"  // Returns all enterprises in which the user is a member of an org that is owned by the enterprise.
)

The possible values we have for filtering Platform::Objects::User#enterprises.

type EnterpriseOrder 

type EnterpriseOrder struct {
	// The field to order enterprises by. (Required.)
	Field EnterpriseOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

EnterpriseOrder represents ordering options for enterprises.

type EnterpriseOrderField 

type EnterpriseOrderField string

EnterpriseOrderField represents properties by which enterprise connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnterpriseOrderFieldName EnterpriseOrderField = "NAME" // Order enterprises by name.
)

Properties by which enterprise connections can be ordered.

type EnterpriseServerInstallationOrder 

type EnterpriseServerInstallationOrder struct {
	// The field to order Enterprise Server installations by. (Required.)
	Field EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

EnterpriseServerInstallationOrder represents ordering options for Enterprise Server installation connections.

type EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderField 

type EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderField string

EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderField represents properties by which Enterprise Server installation connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderFieldHostName     EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderField = "HOST_NAME"     // Order Enterprise Server installations by host name.
	EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderFieldCustomerName EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderField = "CUSTOMER_NAME" // Order Enterprise Server installations by customer name.
	EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderFieldCreatedAt    EnterpriseServerInstallationOrderField = "CREATED_AT"    // Order Enterprise Server installations by creation time.
)

Properties by which Enterprise Server installation connections can be ordered.

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrder 

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrder struct {
	// The field to order emails by. (Required.)
	Field EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrder represents ordering options for Enterprise Server user account email connections.

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrderField 

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrderField string

EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrderField represents properties by which Enterprise Server user account email connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrderFieldEmail EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrderField = "EMAIL" // Order emails by email.
)

Properties by which Enterprise Server user account email connections can be ordered.

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrder 

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrder struct {
	// The field to order user accounts by. (Required.)
	Field EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrder represents ordering options for Enterprise Server user account connections.

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrderField 

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrderField string

EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrderField represents properties by which Enterprise Server user account connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrderFieldLogin           EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrderField = "LOGIN"             // Order user accounts by login.
	EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrderFieldRemoteCreatedAt EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrderField = "REMOTE_CREATED_AT" // Order user accounts by creation time on the Enterprise Server installation.
)

Properties by which Enterprise Server user account connections can be ordered.

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrder 

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrder struct {
	// The field to order user accounts uploads by. (Required.)
	Field EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrder represents ordering options for Enterprise Server user accounts upload connections.

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrderField 

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrderField string

EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrderField represents properties by which Enterprise Server user accounts upload connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrderFieldCreatedAt EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order user accounts uploads by creation time.
)

Properties by which Enterprise Server user accounts upload connections can be ordered.

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncState 

type EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncState string

EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncState represents synchronization state of the Enterprise Server user accounts upload. 

const (
	EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncStatePending EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncState = "PENDING" // The synchronization of the upload is pending.
	EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncStateSuccess EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncState = "SUCCESS" // The synchronization of the upload succeeded.
	EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncStateFailure EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadSyncState = "FAILURE" // The synchronization of the upload failed.
)

Synchronization state of the Enterprise Server user accounts upload.

type EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRole 

type EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRole string

EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRole represents the possible roles for enterprise membership. 

const (
	EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRoleMember       EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRole = "MEMBER"       // The user is a member of an organization in the enterprise.
	EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRoleOwner        EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRole = "OWNER"        // The user is an owner of an organization in the enterprise.
	EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRoleUnaffiliated EnterpriseUserAccountMembershipRole = "UNAFFILIATED" // The user is not an owner of the enterprise, and not a member or owner of any organizations in the enterprise; only for EMU-enabled enterprises.
)

The possible roles for enterprise membership.

type EnterpriseUserDeployment 

type EnterpriseUserDeployment string

EnterpriseUserDeployment represents the possible GitHub Enterprise deployments where this user can exist. 

const (
	EnterpriseUserDeploymentCloud  EnterpriseUserDeployment = "CLOUD"  // The user is part of a GitHub Enterprise Cloud deployment.
	EnterpriseUserDeploymentServer EnterpriseUserDeployment = "SERVER" // The user is part of a GitHub Enterprise Server deployment.
)

The possible GitHub Enterprise deployments where this user can exist.

type EnvironmentOrderField 

type EnvironmentOrderField string

EnvironmentOrderField represents properties by which environments connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnvironmentOrderFieldName EnvironmentOrderField = "NAME" // Order environments by name.
)

Properties by which environments connections can be ordered.

type EnvironmentPinnedFilterField 

type EnvironmentPinnedFilterField string

EnvironmentPinnedFilterField represents properties by which environments connections can be ordered. 

const (
	EnvironmentPinnedFilterFieldAll  EnvironmentPinnedFilterField = "ALL"  // All environments will be returned.
	EnvironmentPinnedFilterFieldOnly EnvironmentPinnedFilterField = "ONLY" // Only pinned environment will be returned.
	EnvironmentPinnedFilterFieldNone EnvironmentPinnedFilterField = "NONE" // Environments exclude pinned will be returned.
)

Properties by which environments connections can be ordered.

type Environments 

type Environments struct {
	// The field to order environments by. (Required.)
	Field EnvironmentOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order environments by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

Environments represents ordering options for environments.

type FileAddition 

type FileAddition struct {
	// The path in the repository where the file will be located. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`
	// The base64 encoded contents of the file. (Required.)
	Contents Base64String `json:"contents"`
}

FileAddition represents a command to add a file at the given path with the given contents as part of a commit. Any existing file at that that path will be replaced.

type FileChanges 

type FileChanges struct {

	// Files to delete. (Optional.)
	Deletions *[]FileDeletion `json:"deletions,omitempty"`
	// File to add or change. (Optional.)
	Additions *[]FileAddition `json:"additions,omitempty"`
}

FileChanges represents a description of a set of changes to a file tree to be made as part of a git commit, modeled as zero or more file `additions` and zero or more file `deletions`. Both fields are optional; omitting both will produce a commit with no file changes. `deletions` and `additions` describe changes to files identified by their path in the git tree using unix-style path separators, i.e. `/`. The root of a git tree is an empty string, so paths are not slash-prefixed. `path` values must be unique across all `additions` and `deletions` provided. Any duplication will result in a validation error. ### Encoding File contents must be provided in full for each `FileAddition`. The `contents` of a `FileAddition` must be encoded using RFC 4648 compliant base64, i.e. correct padding is required and no characters outside the standard alphabet may be used. Invalid base64 encoding will be rejected with a validation error. The encoded contents may be binary. For text files, no assumptions are made about the character encoding of the file contents (after base64 decoding). No charset transcoding or line-ending normalization will be performed; it is the client's responsibility to manage the character encoding of files they provide. However, for maximum compatibility we recommend using UTF-8 encoding and ensuring that all files in a repository use a consistent line-ending convention (`\n` or `\r\n`), and that all files end with a newline. ### Modeling file changes Each of the the five types of conceptual changes that can be made in a git commit can be described using the `FileChanges` type as follows: 1. New file addition: create file `hello world\n` at path `docs/README.txt`: { "additions" [ { "path": "docs/README.txt", "contents": base64encode("hello world\n") } ] } 2. Existing file modification: change existing `docs/README.txt` to have new content `new content here\n`: { "additions" [ { "path": "docs/README.txt", "contents": base64encode("new content here\n") } ] } 3. Existing file deletion: remove existing file `docs/README.txt`. Note that the path is required to exist -- specifying a path that does not exist on the given branch will abort the commit and return an error. { "deletions" [ { "path": "docs/README.txt" } ] } 4. File rename with no changes: rename `docs/README.txt` with previous content `hello world\n` to the same content at `newdocs/README.txt`: { "deletions" [ { "path": "docs/README.txt", } ], "additions" [ { "path": "newdocs/README.txt", "contents": base64encode("hello world\n") } ] } 5. File rename with changes: rename `docs/README.txt` with previous content `hello world\n` to a file at path `newdocs/README.txt` with content `new contents\n`: { "deletions" [ { "path": "docs/README.txt", } ], "additions" [ { "path": "newdocs/README.txt", "contents": base64encode("new contents\n") } ] }.

type FileDeletion 

type FileDeletion struct {
	// The path to delete. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`
}

FileDeletion represents a command to delete the file at the given path as part of a commit.

type FileExtensionRestrictionParametersInput 

type FileExtensionRestrictionParametersInput struct {
	// The file extensions that are restricted from being pushed to the commit graph. (Required.)
	RestrictedFileExtensions []String `json:"restrictedFileExtensions"`
}

FileExtensionRestrictionParametersInput represents prevent commits that include files with specified file extensions from being pushed to the commit graph. NOTE: This rule is in beta and subject to change.

type FilePathRestrictionParametersInput 

type FilePathRestrictionParametersInput struct {
	// The file paths that are restricted from being pushed to the commit graph. (Required.)
	RestrictedFilePaths []String `json:"restrictedFilePaths"`
}

FilePathRestrictionParametersInput represents prevent commits that include changes in specified file paths from being pushed to the commit graph. NOTE: This rule is in beta and subject to change.

type FileViewedState 

type FileViewedState string

FileViewedState represents the possible viewed states of a file . 

const (
	FileViewedStateDismissed FileViewedState = "DISMISSED" // The file has new changes since last viewed.
	FileViewedStateViewed    FileViewedState = "VIEWED"    // The file has been marked as viewed.
	FileViewedStateUnviewed  FileViewedState = "UNVIEWED"  // The file has not been marked as viewed.
)

The possible viewed states of a file .

type Float 

type Float graphql.Float

Float represents signed double-precision fractional values as specified by IEEE 754.

func NewFloat 

func NewFloat(v Float) *Float

NewFloat is a helper to make a new *Float.

type FollowOrganizationInput 

type FollowOrganizationInput struct {
	// ID of the organization to follow. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

FollowOrganizationInput is an autogenerated input type of FollowOrganization.

type FollowUserInput 

type FollowUserInput struct {
	// ID of the user to follow. (Required.)
	UserID ID `json:"userId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

FollowUserInput is an autogenerated input type of FollowUser.

type FundingPlatform 

type FundingPlatform string

FundingPlatform represents the possible funding platforms for repository funding links. 

const (
	FundingPlatformGitHub          FundingPlatform = "GITHUB"           // GitHub funding platform.
	FundingPlatformPatreon         FundingPlatform = "PATREON"          // Patreon funding platform.
	FundingPlatformOpenCollective  FundingPlatform = "OPEN_COLLECTIVE"  // Open Collective funding platform.
	FundingPlatformKoFi            FundingPlatform = "KO_FI"            // Ko-fi funding platform.
	FundingPlatformTidelift        FundingPlatform = "TIDELIFT"         // Tidelift funding platform.
	FundingPlatformCommunityBridge FundingPlatform = "COMMUNITY_BRIDGE" // Community Bridge funding platform.
	FundingPlatformLiberapay       FundingPlatform = "LIBERAPAY"        // Liberapay funding platform.
	FundingPlatformIssueHunt       FundingPlatform = "ISSUEHUNT"        // IssueHunt funding platform.
	FundingPlatformLFXCrowdfunding FundingPlatform = "LFX_CROWDFUNDING" // LFX Crowdfunding funding platform.
	FundingPlatformPolar           FundingPlatform = "POLAR"            // Polar funding platform.
	FundingPlatformBuyMeACoffee    FundingPlatform = "BUY_ME_A_COFFEE"  // Buy Me a Coffee funding platform.
	FundingPlatformCustom          FundingPlatform = "CUSTOM"           // Custom funding platform.
)

The possible funding platforms for repository funding links.

type GistOrder 

type GistOrder struct {
	// The field to order repositories by. (Required.)
	Field GistOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

GistOrder represents ordering options for gist connections.

type GistOrderField 

type GistOrderField string

GistOrderField represents properties by which gist connections can be ordered. 

const (
	GistOrderFieldCreatedAt GistOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order gists by creation time.
	GistOrderFieldUpdatedAt GistOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order gists by update time.
	GistOrderFieldPushedAt  GistOrderField = "PUSHED_AT"  // Order gists by push time.
)

Properties by which gist connections can be ordered.

type GistPrivacy 

type GistPrivacy string

GistPrivacy represents the privacy of a Gist. 

const (
	GistPrivacyPublic GistPrivacy = "PUBLIC" // Public.
	GistPrivacySecret GistPrivacy = "SECRET" // Secret.
	GistPrivacyAll    GistPrivacy = "ALL"    // Gists that are public and secret.
)

The privacy of a Gist.

type GitObjectID 

type GitObjectID string

GitObjectID is a Git object ID. For example, "912ec1990bd09f8fc128c3fa6b59105085aabc03".

func NewGitObjectID 

func NewGitObjectID(v GitObjectID) *GitObjectID

NewGitObjectID is a helper to make a new *GitObjectID.

type GitRefname 

type GitRefname string

GitRefname is a fully qualified reference name (e.g., refs/heads/main).

func NewGitRefname 

func NewGitRefname(v GitRefname) *GitRefname

NewGitRefname is a helper to make a new *GitRefname.

type GitSignatureState 

type GitSignatureState string

GitSignatureState represents the state of a Git signature. 

const (
	GitSignatureStateValid                GitSignatureState = "VALID"                 // Valid signature and verified by GitHub.
	GitSignatureStateInvalid              GitSignatureState = "INVALID"               // Invalid signature.
	GitSignatureStateMalformedSig         GitSignatureState = "MALFORMED_SIG"         // Malformed signature.
	GitSignatureStateUnknownKey           GitSignatureState = "UNKNOWN_KEY"           // Key used for signing not known to GitHub.
	GitSignatureStateBadEmail             GitSignatureState = "BAD_EMAIL"             // Invalid email used for signing.
	GitSignatureStateUnverifiedEmail      GitSignatureState = "UNVERIFIED_EMAIL"      // Email used for signing unverified on GitHub.
	GitSignatureStateNoUser               GitSignatureState = "NO_USER"               // Email used for signing not known to GitHub.
	GitSignatureStateUnknownSigType       GitSignatureState = "UNKNOWN_SIG_TYPE"      // Unknown signature type.
	GitSignatureStateUnsigned             GitSignatureState = "UNSIGNED"              // Unsigned.
	GitSignatureStateGpgverifyUnavailable GitSignatureState = "GPGVERIFY_UNAVAILABLE" // Internal error - the GPG verification service is unavailable at the moment.
	GitSignatureStateGpgverifyError       GitSignatureState = "GPGVERIFY_ERROR"       // Internal error - the GPG verification service misbehaved.
	GitSignatureStateNotSigningKey        GitSignatureState = "NOT_SIGNING_KEY"       // The usage flags for the key that signed this don't allow signing.
	GitSignatureStateExpiredKey           GitSignatureState = "EXPIRED_KEY"           // Signing key expired.
	GitSignatureStateOcspPending          GitSignatureState = "OCSP_PENDING"          // Valid signature, pending certificate revocation checking.
	GitSignatureStateOcspError            GitSignatureState = "OCSP_ERROR"            // Valid signature, though certificate revocation check failed.
	GitSignatureStateBadCert              GitSignatureState = "BAD_CERT"              // The signing certificate or its chain could not be verified.
	GitSignatureStateOcspRevoked          GitSignatureState = "OCSP_REVOKED"          // One or more certificates in chain has been revoked.
)

The state of a Git signature.

type GitTimestamp 

type GitTimestamp struct{ time.Time }

GitTimestamp is an ISO-8601 encoded date. Unlike the DateTime type, GitTimestamp is not converted in UTC.

func NewGitTimestamp 

func NewGitTimestamp(v GitTimestamp) *GitTimestamp

NewGitTimestamp is a helper to make a new *GitTimestamp.

type GrantEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRoleInput 

type GrantEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRoleInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise to which all organizations managed by it will be granted the migrator role. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The login of the user to grant the migrator role. (Required.)
	Login String `json:"login"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

GrantEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRoleInput is an autogenerated input type of GrantEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRole.

type GrantMigratorRoleInput 

type GrantMigratorRoleInput struct {
	// The ID of the organization that the user/team belongs to. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`
	// The user login or Team slug to grant the migrator role. (Required.)
	Actor String `json:"actor"`
	// Specifies the type of the actor, can be either USER or TEAM. (Required.)
	ActorType ActorType `json:"actorType"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

GrantMigratorRoleInput is an autogenerated input type of GrantMigratorRole.

type HTML 

type HTML string

HTML is a string containing HTML code.

func NewHTML 

func NewHTML(v HTML) *HTML

NewHTML is a helper to make a new *HTML.

type ID 

type ID graphql.ID

ID represents a unique identifier that is Base64 obfuscated. It is often used to refetch an object or as key for a cache. The ID type appears in a JSON response as a String; however, it is not intended to be human-readable. When expected as an input type, any string (such as "VXNlci0xMA==") or integer (such as 4) input value will be accepted as an ID.

func NewID 

func NewID(v ID) *ID

NewID is a helper to make a new *ID.

type IdentityProviderConfigurationState 

type IdentityProviderConfigurationState string

IdentityProviderConfigurationState represents the possible states in which authentication can be configured with an identity provider. 

const (
	IdentityProviderConfigurationStateEnforced     IdentityProviderConfigurationState = "ENFORCED"     // Authentication with an identity provider is configured and enforced.
	IdentityProviderConfigurationStateConfigured   IdentityProviderConfigurationState = "CONFIGURED"   // Authentication with an identity provider is configured but not enforced.
	IdentityProviderConfigurationStateUnconfigured IdentityProviderConfigurationState = "UNCONFIGURED" // Authentication with an identity provider is not configured.
)

The possible states in which authentication can be configured with an identity provider.

type ImportProjectInput 

type ImportProjectInput struct {
	// The name of the Organization or User to create the Project under. (Required.)
	OwnerName String `json:"ownerName"`
	// The name of Project. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// A list of columns containing issues and pull requests. (Required.)
	ColumnImports []ProjectColumnImport `json:"columnImports"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The description of Project. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// Whether the Project is public or not. (Optional.)
	Public *Boolean `json:"public,omitempty"`
}

ImportProjectInput is an autogenerated input type of ImportProject.

type Input 

type Input interface{}

Input represents one of the Input structs:

AbortQueuedMigrationsInput, AbortRepositoryMigrationInput, AcceptEnterpriseAdministratorInvitationInput, AcceptEnterpriseMemberInvitationInput, AcceptTopicSuggestionInput, AddAssigneesToAssignableInput, AddCommentInput, AddDiscussionCommentInput, AddDiscussionPollVoteInput, AddEnterpriseOrganizationMemberInput, AddEnterpriseSupportEntitlementInput, AddLabelsToLabelableInput, AddProjectCardInput, AddProjectColumnInput, AddProjectV2DraftIssueInput, AddProjectV2ItemByIdInput, AddPullRequestReviewCommentInput, AddPullRequestReviewInput, AddPullRequestReviewThreadInput, AddPullRequestReviewThreadReplyInput, AddReactionInput, AddStarInput, AddUpvoteInput, AddVerifiableDomainInput, ApproveDeploymentsInput, ApproveVerifiableDomainInput, ArchiveProjectV2ItemInput, ArchiveRepositoryInput, AuditLogOrder, BranchNamePatternParametersInput, BulkSponsorship, CancelEnterpriseAdminInvitationInput, CancelEnterpriseMemberInvitationInput, CancelSponsorshipInput, ChangeUserStatusInput, CheckAnnotationData, CheckAnnotationRange, CheckRunAction, CheckRunFilter, CheckRunOutput, CheckRunOutputImage, CheckSuiteAutoTriggerPreference, CheckSuiteFilter, ClearLabelsFromLabelableInput, ClearProjectV2ItemFieldValueInput, CloneProjectInput, CloneTemplateRepositoryInput, CloseDiscussionInput, CloseIssueInput, ClosePullRequestInput, CodeScanningParametersInput, CodeScanningToolInput, CommitAuthor, CommitAuthorEmailPatternParametersInput, CommitContributionOrder, CommitMessage, CommitMessagePatternParametersInput, CommittableBranch, CommitterEmailPatternParametersInput, ContributionOrder, ConvertProjectCardNoteToIssueInput, ConvertProjectV2DraftIssueItemToIssueInput, ConvertPullRequestToDraftInput, CopyProjectV2Input, CreateAttributionInvitationInput, CreateBranchProtectionRuleInput, CreateCheckRunInput, CreateCheckSuiteInput, CreateCommitOnBranchInput, CreateDeploymentInput, CreateDeploymentStatusInput, CreateDiscussionInput, CreateEnterpriseOrganizationInput, CreateEnvironmentInput, CreateIpAllowListEntryInput, CreateIssueInput, CreateLabelInput, CreateLinkedBranchInput, CreateMigrationSourceInput, CreateProjectInput, CreateProjectV2FieldInput, CreateProjectV2Input, CreateProjectV2StatusUpdateInput, CreatePullRequestInput, CreateRefInput, CreateRepositoryInput, CreateRepositoryRulesetInput, CreateSponsorsListingInput, CreateSponsorsTierInput, CreateSponsorshipInput, CreateSponsorshipsInput, CreateTeamDiscussionCommentInput, CreateTeamDiscussionInput, CreateUserListInput, DeclineTopicSuggestionInput, DeleteBranchProtectionRuleInput, DeleteDeploymentInput, DeleteDiscussionCommentInput, DeleteDiscussionInput, DeleteEnvironmentInput, DeleteIpAllowListEntryInput, DeleteIssueCommentInput, DeleteIssueInput, DeleteLabelInput, DeleteLinkedBranchInput, DeletePackageVersionInput, DeleteProjectCardInput, DeleteProjectColumnInput, DeleteProjectInput, DeleteProjectV2FieldInput, DeleteProjectV2Input, DeleteProjectV2ItemInput, DeleteProjectV2StatusUpdateInput, DeleteProjectV2WorkflowInput, DeletePullRequestReviewCommentInput, DeletePullRequestReviewInput, DeleteRefInput, DeleteRepositoryRulesetInput, DeleteTeamDiscussionCommentInput, DeleteTeamDiscussionInput, DeleteUserListInput, DeleteVerifiableDomainInput, DeploymentOrder, DequeuePullRequestInput, DisablePullRequestAutoMergeInput, DiscussionOrder, DiscussionPollOptionOrder, DismissPullRequestReviewInput, DismissRepositoryVulnerabilityAlertInput, DraftPullRequestReviewComment, DraftPullRequestReviewThread, EnablePullRequestAutoMergeInput, EnqueuePullRequestInput, EnterpriseAdministratorInvitationOrder, EnterpriseMemberInvitationOrder, EnterpriseMemberOrder, EnterpriseOrder, EnterpriseServerInstallationOrder, EnterpriseServerUserAccountEmailOrder, EnterpriseServerUserAccountOrder, EnterpriseServerUserAccountsUploadOrder, Environments, FileAddition, FileChanges, FileDeletion, FileExtensionRestrictionParametersInput, FilePathRestrictionParametersInput, FollowOrganizationInput, FollowUserInput, GistOrder, GrantEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRoleInput, GrantMigratorRoleInput, ImportProjectInput, InviteEnterpriseAdminInput, InviteEnterpriseMemberInput, IpAllowListEntryOrder, IssueCommentOrder, IssueFilters, IssueOrder, LabelOrder, LanguageOrder, LinkProjectV2ToRepositoryInput, LinkProjectV2ToTeamInput, LinkRepositoryToProjectInput, LockLockableInput, MannequinOrder, MarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswerInput, MarkFileAsViewedInput, MarkNotificationAsDoneInput, MarkProjectV2AsTemplateInput, MarkPullRequestReadyForReviewInput, MaxFilePathLengthParametersInput, MaxFileSizeParametersInput, MergeBranchInput, MergePullRequestInput, MergeQueueParametersInput, MilestoneOrder, MinimizeCommentInput, MoveProjectCardInput, MoveProjectColumnInput, OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrder, OrganizationOrder, PackageFileOrder, PackageOrder, PackageVersionOrder, PinEnvironmentInput, PinIssueInput, PinnedEnvironmentOrder, ProjectCardImport, ProjectColumnImport, ProjectOrder, ProjectV2Collaborator, ProjectV2FieldOrder, ProjectV2FieldValue, ProjectV2Filters, ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrder, ProjectV2ItemOrder, ProjectV2Order, ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionInput, ProjectV2StatusOrder, ProjectV2ViewOrder, ProjectV2WorkflowOrder, PropertyTargetDefinitionInput, PublishSponsorsTierInput, PullRequestOrder, PullRequestParametersInput, ReactionOrder, RefNameConditionTargetInput, RefOrder, RefUpdate, RegenerateEnterpriseIdentityProviderRecoveryCodesInput, RegenerateVerifiableDomainTokenInput, RejectDeploymentsInput, ReleaseOrder, RemoveAssigneesFromAssignableInput, RemoveEnterpriseAdminInput, RemoveEnterpriseIdentityProviderInput, RemoveEnterpriseMemberInput, RemoveEnterpriseOrganizationInput, RemoveEnterpriseSupportEntitlementInput, RemoveLabelsFromLabelableInput, RemoveOutsideCollaboratorInput, RemoveReactionInput, RemoveStarInput, RemoveUpvoteInput, ReopenDiscussionInput, ReopenIssueInput, ReopenPullRequestInput, ReorderEnvironmentInput, RepositoryIdConditionTargetInput, RepositoryInvitationOrder, RepositoryMigrationOrder, RepositoryNameConditionTargetInput, RepositoryOrder, RepositoryPropertyConditionTargetInput, RepositoryRuleConditionsInput, RepositoryRuleInput, RepositoryRuleOrder, RepositoryRulesetBypassActorInput, RequestReviewsInput, RequiredDeploymentsParametersInput, RequiredStatusCheckInput, RequiredStatusChecksParametersInput, RerequestCheckSuiteInput, ResolveReviewThreadInput, RetireSponsorsTierInput, RevertPullRequestInput, RevokeEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRoleInput, RevokeMigratorRoleInput, RuleParametersInput, SavedReplyOrder, SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierFilter, SecurityAdvisoryOrder, SecurityVulnerabilityOrder, SetEnterpriseIdentityProviderInput, SetOrganizationInteractionLimitInput, SetRepositoryInteractionLimitInput, SetUserInteractionLimitInput, SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrder, SponsorOrder, SponsorableOrder, SponsorsActivityOrder, SponsorsTierOrder, SponsorshipNewsletterOrder, SponsorshipOrder, StarOrder, StartOrganizationMigrationInput, StartRepositoryMigrationInput, StatusCheckConfigurationInput, SubmitPullRequestReviewInput, TagNamePatternParametersInput, TeamDiscussionCommentOrder, TeamDiscussionOrder, TeamMemberOrder, TeamOrder, TeamRepositoryOrder, TransferEnterpriseOrganizationInput, TransferIssueInput, UnarchiveProjectV2ItemInput, UnarchiveRepositoryInput, UnfollowOrganizationInput, UnfollowUserInput, UnlinkProjectV2FromRepositoryInput, UnlinkProjectV2FromTeamInput, UnlinkRepositoryFromProjectInput, UnlockLockableInput, UnmarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswerInput, UnmarkFileAsViewedInput, UnmarkIssueAsDuplicateInput, UnmarkProjectV2AsTemplateInput, UnminimizeCommentInput, UnpinIssueInput, UnresolveReviewThreadInput, UnsubscribeFromNotificationsInput, UpdateBranchProtectionRuleInput, UpdateCheckRunInput, UpdateCheckSuitePreferencesInput, UpdateDiscussionCommentInput, UpdateDiscussionInput, UpdateEnterpriseAdministratorRoleInput, UpdateEnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanChangeRepositoryVisibilitySettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteIssuesSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteRepositoriesSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanInviteCollaboratorsSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanUpdateProtectedBranchesSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanViewDependencyInsightsSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseOrganizationProjectsSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseOwnerOrganizationRoleInput, UpdateEnterpriseProfileInput, UpdateEnterpriseRepositoryProjectsSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseTeamDiscussionsSettingInput, UpdateEnterpriseTwoFactorAuthenticationRequiredSettingInput, UpdateEnvironmentInput, UpdateIpAllowListEnabledSettingInput, UpdateIpAllowListEntryInput, UpdateIpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingInput, UpdateIssueCommentInput, UpdateIssueInput, UpdateLabelInput, UpdateNotificationRestrictionSettingInput, UpdateOrganizationAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSettingInput, UpdateOrganizationWebCommitSignoffSettingInput, UpdateParametersInput, UpdatePatreonSponsorabilityInput, UpdateProjectCardInput, UpdateProjectColumnInput, UpdateProjectInput, UpdateProjectV2CollaboratorsInput, UpdateProjectV2DraftIssueInput, UpdateProjectV2Input, UpdateProjectV2ItemFieldValueInput, UpdateProjectV2ItemPositionInput, UpdateProjectV2StatusUpdateInput, UpdatePullRequestBranchInput, UpdatePullRequestInput, UpdatePullRequestReviewCommentInput, UpdatePullRequestReviewInput, UpdateRefInput, UpdateRefsInput, UpdateRepositoryInput, UpdateRepositoryRulesetInput, UpdateRepositoryWebCommitSignoffSettingInput, UpdateSponsorshipPreferencesInput, UpdateSubscriptionInput, UpdateTeamDiscussionCommentInput, UpdateTeamDiscussionInput, UpdateTeamReviewAssignmentInput, UpdateTeamsRepositoryInput, UpdateTopicsInput, UpdateUserListInput, UpdateUserListsForItemInput, UserStatusOrder, VerifiableDomainOrder, VerifyVerifiableDomainInput, WorkflowFileReferenceInput, WorkflowRunOrder, WorkflowsParametersInput.

type Int 

type Int graphql.Int

Int represents non-fractional signed whole numeric values. Int can represent values between -(2^31) and 2^31 - 1.

func NewInt 

func NewInt(v Int) *Int

NewInt is a helper to make a new *Int.

type InviteEnterpriseAdminInput 

type InviteEnterpriseAdminInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise to which you want to invite an administrator. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The login of a user to invite as an administrator. (Optional.)
	Invitee *String `json:"invitee,omitempty"`
	// The email of the person to invite as an administrator. (Optional.)
	Email *String `json:"email,omitempty"`
	// The role of the administrator. (Optional.)
	Role *EnterpriseAdministratorRole `json:"role,omitempty"`
}

InviteEnterpriseAdminInput is an autogenerated input type of InviteEnterpriseAdmin.

type InviteEnterpriseMemberInput 

type InviteEnterpriseMemberInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise to which you want to invite an unaffiliated member. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The login of a user to invite as an unaffiliated member. (Optional.)
	Invitee *String `json:"invitee,omitempty"`
	// The email of the person to invite as an unaffiliated member. (Optional.)
	Email *String `json:"email,omitempty"`
}

InviteEnterpriseMemberInput is an autogenerated input type of InviteEnterpriseMember.

type IpAllowListEnabledSettingValue 

type IpAllowListEnabledSettingValue string

IpAllowListEnabledSettingValue represents the possible values for the IP allow list enabled setting. 

const (
	IpAllowListEnabledSettingValueEnabled  IpAllowListEnabledSettingValue = "ENABLED"  // The setting is enabled for the owner.
	IpAllowListEnabledSettingValueDisabled IpAllowListEnabledSettingValue = "DISABLED" // The setting is disabled for the owner.
)

The possible values for the IP allow list enabled setting.

type IpAllowListEntryOrder 

type IpAllowListEntryOrder struct {
	// The field to order IP allow list entries by. (Required.)
	Field IpAllowListEntryOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

IpAllowListEntryOrder represents ordering options for IP allow list entry connections.

type IpAllowListEntryOrderField 

type IpAllowListEntryOrderField string

IpAllowListEntryOrderField represents properties by which IP allow list entry connections can be ordered. 

const (
	IpAllowListEntryOrderFieldCreatedAt      IpAllowListEntryOrderField = "CREATED_AT"       // Order IP allow list entries by creation time.
	IpAllowListEntryOrderFieldAllowListValue IpAllowListEntryOrderField = "ALLOW_LIST_VALUE" // Order IP allow list entries by the allow list value.
)

Properties by which IP allow list entry connections can be ordered.

type IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingValue 

type IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingValue string

IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingValue represents the possible values for the IP allow list configuration for installed GitHub Apps setting. 

const (
	IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingValueEnabled  IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingValue = "ENABLED"  // The setting is enabled for the owner.
	IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingValueDisabled IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingValue = "DISABLED" // The setting is disabled for the owner.
)

The possible values for the IP allow list configuration for installed GitHub Apps setting.

type IssueClosedStateReason 

type IssueClosedStateReason string

IssueClosedStateReason represents the possible state reasons of a closed issue. 

const (
	IssueClosedStateReasonCompleted  IssueClosedStateReason = "COMPLETED"   // An issue that has been closed as completed.
	IssueClosedStateReasonNotPlanned IssueClosedStateReason = "NOT_PLANNED" // An issue that has been closed as not planned.
)

The possible state reasons of a closed issue.

type IssueCommentOrder 

type IssueCommentOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order issue comments by. (Required.)
	Field IssueCommentOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order issue comments by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

IssueCommentOrder represents ways in which lists of issue comments can be ordered upon return.

type IssueCommentOrderField 

type IssueCommentOrderField string

IssueCommentOrderField represents properties by which issue comment connections can be ordered. 

const (
	IssueCommentOrderFieldUpdatedAt IssueCommentOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order issue comments by update time.
)

Properties by which issue comment connections can be ordered.

type IssueFilters 

type IssueFilters struct {

	// List issues assigned to given name. Pass in `null` for issues with no assigned user, and `*` for issues assigned to any user. (Optional.)
	Assignee *String `json:"assignee,omitempty"`
	// List issues created by given name. (Optional.)
	CreatedBy *String `json:"createdBy,omitempty"`
	// List issues where the list of label names exist on the issue. (Optional.)
	Labels *[]String `json:"labels,omitempty"`
	// List issues where the given name is mentioned in the issue. (Optional.)
	Mentioned *String `json:"mentioned,omitempty"`
	// List issues by given milestone argument. If an string representation of an integer is passed, it should refer to a milestone by its database ID. Pass in `null` for issues with no milestone, and `*` for issues that are assigned to any milestone. (Optional.)
	Milestone *String `json:"milestone,omitempty"`
	// List issues by given milestone argument. If an string representation of an integer is passed, it should refer to a milestone by its number field. Pass in `null` for issues with no milestone, and `*` for issues that are assigned to any milestone. (Optional.)
	MilestoneNumber *String `json:"milestoneNumber,omitempty"`
	// List issues that have been updated at or after the given date. (Optional.)
	Since *DateTime `json:"since,omitempty"`
	// List issues filtered by the list of states given. (Optional.)
	States *[]IssueState `json:"states,omitempty"`
	// List issues subscribed to by viewer. (Optional.)
	ViewerSubscribed *Boolean `json:"viewerSubscribed,omitempty"`
}

IssueFilters represents ways in which to filter lists of issues.

type IssueOrder 

type IssueOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order issues by. (Required.)
	Field IssueOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order issues by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

IssueOrder represents ways in which lists of issues can be ordered upon return.

type IssueOrderField 

type IssueOrderField string

IssueOrderField represents properties by which issue connections can be ordered. 

const (
	IssueOrderFieldCreatedAt IssueOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order issues by creation time.
	IssueOrderFieldUpdatedAt IssueOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order issues by update time.
	IssueOrderFieldComments  IssueOrderField = "COMMENTS"   // Order issues by comment count.
)

Properties by which issue connections can be ordered.

type IssueState 

type IssueState string

IssueState represents the possible states of an issue. 

const (
	IssueStateOpen   IssueState = "OPEN"   // An issue that is still open.
	IssueStateClosed IssueState = "CLOSED" // An issue that has been closed.
)

The possible states of an issue.

type IssueStateReason 

type IssueStateReason string

IssueStateReason represents the possible state reasons of an issue. 

const (
	IssueStateReasonReopened   IssueStateReason = "REOPENED"    // An issue that has been reopened.
	IssueStateReasonNotPlanned IssueStateReason = "NOT_PLANNED" // An issue that has been closed as not planned.
	IssueStateReasonCompleted  IssueStateReason = "COMPLETED"   // An issue that has been closed as completed.
)

The possible state reasons of an issue.

type IssueTimelineItemsItemType 

type IssueTimelineItemsItemType string

IssueTimelineItemsItemType represents the possible item types found in a timeline. 

const (
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeIssueComment               IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "ISSUE_COMMENT"                  // Represents a comment on an Issue.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeCrossReferencedEvent       IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "CROSS_REFERENCED_EVENT"         // Represents a mention made by one issue or pull request to another.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeAddedToProjectEvent        IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "ADDED_TO_PROJECT_EVENT"         // Represents a 'added_to_project' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeAssignedEvent              IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "ASSIGNED_EVENT"                 // Represents an 'assigned' event on any assignable object.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeClosedEvent                IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "CLOSED_EVENT"                   // Represents a 'closed' event on any `Closable`.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeCommentDeletedEvent        IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "COMMENT_DELETED_EVENT"          // Represents a 'comment_deleted' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeConnectedEvent             IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "CONNECTED_EVENT"                // Represents a 'connected' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeConvertedNoteToIssueEvent  IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "CONVERTED_NOTE_TO_ISSUE_EVENT"  // Represents a 'converted_note_to_issue' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeConvertedToDiscussionEvent IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "CONVERTED_TO_DISCUSSION_EVENT"  // Represents a 'converted_to_discussion' event on a given issue.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeDemilestonedEvent          IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "DEMILESTONED_EVENT"             // Represents a 'demilestoned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeDisconnectedEvent          IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "DISCONNECTED_EVENT"             // Represents a 'disconnected' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeLabeledEvent               IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "LABELED_EVENT"                  // Represents a 'labeled' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeLockedEvent                IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "LOCKED_EVENT"                   // Represents a 'locked' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeMarkedAsDuplicateEvent     IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "MARKED_AS_DUPLICATE_EVENT"      // Represents a 'marked_as_duplicate' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeMentionedEvent             IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "MENTIONED_EVENT"                // Represents a 'mentioned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeMilestonedEvent            IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "MILESTONED_EVENT"               // Represents a 'milestoned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeMovedColumnsInProjectEvent IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "MOVED_COLUMNS_IN_PROJECT_EVENT" // Represents a 'moved_columns_in_project' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypePinnedEvent                IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "PINNED_EVENT"                   // Represents a 'pinned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeReferencedEvent            IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "REFERENCED_EVENT"               // Represents a 'referenced' event on a given `ReferencedSubject`.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeRemovedFromProjectEvent    IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "REMOVED_FROM_PROJECT_EVENT"     // Represents a 'removed_from_project' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeRenamedTitleEvent          IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "RENAMED_TITLE_EVENT"            // Represents a 'renamed' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeReopenedEvent              IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "REOPENED_EVENT"                 // Represents a 'reopened' event on any `Closable`.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeSubscribedEvent            IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "SUBSCRIBED_EVENT"               // Represents a 'subscribed' event on a given `Subscribable`.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeTransferredEvent           IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "TRANSFERRED_EVENT"              // Represents a 'transferred' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeUnassignedEvent            IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "UNASSIGNED_EVENT"               // Represents an 'unassigned' event on any assignable object.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeUnlabeledEvent             IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "UNLABELED_EVENT"                // Represents an 'unlabeled' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeUnlockedEvent              IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "UNLOCKED_EVENT"                 // Represents an 'unlocked' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeUserBlockedEvent           IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "USER_BLOCKED_EVENT"             // Represents a 'user_blocked' event on a given user.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeUnmarkedAsDuplicateEvent   IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "UNMARKED_AS_DUPLICATE_EVENT"    // Represents an 'unmarked_as_duplicate' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeUnpinnedEvent              IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "UNPINNED_EVENT"                 // Represents an 'unpinned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	IssueTimelineItemsItemTypeUnsubscribedEvent          IssueTimelineItemsItemType = "UNSUBSCRIBED_EVENT"             // Represents an 'unsubscribed' event on a given `Subscribable`.
)

The possible item types found in a timeline.

type LabelOrder 

type LabelOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order labels by. (Required.)
	Field LabelOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order labels by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

LabelOrder represents ways in which lists of labels can be ordered upon return.

type LabelOrderField 

type LabelOrderField string

LabelOrderField represents properties by which label connections can be ordered. 

const (
	LabelOrderFieldName      LabelOrderField = "NAME"       // Order labels by name.
	LabelOrderFieldCreatedAt LabelOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order labels by creation time.
)

Properties by which label connections can be ordered.

type LanguageOrder 

type LanguageOrder struct {
	// The field to order languages by. (Required.)
	Field LanguageOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

LanguageOrder represents ordering options for language connections.

type LanguageOrderField 

type LanguageOrderField string

LanguageOrderField represents properties by which language connections can be ordered. 

const (
	LanguageOrderFieldSize LanguageOrderField = "SIZE" // Order languages by the size of all files containing the language.
)

Properties by which language connections can be ordered.

type LinkProjectV2ToRepositoryInput 

type LinkProjectV2ToRepositoryInput struct {
	// The ID of the project to link to the repository. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the repository to link to the project. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

LinkProjectV2ToRepositoryInput is an autogenerated input type of LinkProjectV2ToRepository.

type LinkProjectV2ToTeamInput 

type LinkProjectV2ToTeamInput struct {
	// The ID of the project to link to the team. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the team to link to the project. (Required.)
	TeamID ID `json:"teamId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

LinkProjectV2ToTeamInput is an autogenerated input type of LinkProjectV2ToTeam.

type LinkRepositoryToProjectInput 

type LinkRepositoryToProjectInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to link to a Repository. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the Repository to link to a Project. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

LinkRepositoryToProjectInput is an autogenerated input type of LinkRepositoryToProject.

type LockLockableInput 

type LockLockableInput struct {
	// ID of the item to be locked. (Required.)
	LockableID ID `json:"lockableId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// A reason for why the item will be locked. (Optional.)
	LockReason *LockReason `json:"lockReason,omitempty"`
}

LockLockableInput is an autogenerated input type of LockLockable.

type LockReason 

type LockReason string

LockReason represents the possible reasons that an issue or pull request was locked. 

const (
	LockReasonOffTopic  LockReason = "OFF_TOPIC"  // The issue or pull request was locked because the conversation was off-topic.
	LockReasonTooHeated LockReason = "TOO_HEATED" // The issue or pull request was locked because the conversation was too heated.
	LockReasonResolved  LockReason = "RESOLVED"   // The issue or pull request was locked because the conversation was resolved.
	LockReasonSpam      LockReason = "SPAM"       // The issue or pull request was locked because the conversation was spam.
)

The possible reasons that an issue or pull request was locked.

type MannequinOrder 

type MannequinOrder struct {
	// The field to order mannequins by. (Required.)
	Field MannequinOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

MannequinOrder represents ordering options for mannequins.

type MannequinOrderField 

type MannequinOrderField string

MannequinOrderField represents properties by which mannequins can be ordered. 

const (
	MannequinOrderFieldLogin     MannequinOrderField = "LOGIN"      // Order mannequins alphabetically by their source login.
	MannequinOrderFieldCreatedAt MannequinOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order mannequins why when they were created.
)

Properties by which mannequins can be ordered.

type MarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswerInput 

type MarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswerInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion comment to mark as an answer. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

MarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswerInput is an autogenerated input type of MarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswer.

type MarkFileAsViewedInput 

type MarkFileAsViewedInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`
	// The path of the file to mark as viewed. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

MarkFileAsViewedInput is an autogenerated input type of MarkFileAsViewed.

type MarkNotificationAsDoneInput 

type MarkNotificationAsDoneInput struct {
	// The NotificationThread id. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

MarkNotificationAsDoneInput is an autogenerated input type of MarkNotificationAsDone.

type MarkProjectV2AsTemplateInput 

type MarkProjectV2AsTemplateInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to mark as a template. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

MarkProjectV2AsTemplateInput is an autogenerated input type of MarkProjectV2AsTemplate.

type MarkPullRequestReadyForReviewInput 

type MarkPullRequestReadyForReviewInput struct {
	// ID of the pull request to be marked as ready for review. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

MarkPullRequestReadyForReviewInput is an autogenerated input type of MarkPullRequestReadyForReview.

type MaxFilePathLengthParametersInput 

type MaxFilePathLengthParametersInput struct {
	// The maximum amount of characters allowed in file paths. (Required.)
	MaxFilePathLength Int `json:"maxFilePathLength"`
}

MaxFilePathLengthParametersInput represents prevent commits that include file paths that exceed a specified character limit from being pushed to the commit graph. NOTE: This rule is in beta and subject to change.

type MaxFileSizeParametersInput 

type MaxFileSizeParametersInput struct {
	// The maximum file size allowed in megabytes. This limit does not apply to Git Large File Storage (Git LFS). (Required.)
	MaxFileSize Int `json:"maxFileSize"`
}

MaxFileSizeParametersInput represents prevent commits that exceed a specified file size limit from being pushed to the commit. NOTE: This rule is in beta and subject to change.

type MergeBranchInput 

type MergeBranchInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the Repository containing the base branch that will be modified. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The name of the base branch that the provided head will be merged into. (Required.)
	Base String `json:"base"`
	// The head to merge into the base branch. This can be a branch name or a commit GitObjectID. (Required.)
	Head String `json:"head"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Message to use for the merge commit. If omitted, a default will be used. (Optional.)
	CommitMessage *String `json:"commitMessage,omitempty"`
	// The email address to associate with this commit. (Optional.)
	AuthorEmail *String `json:"authorEmail,omitempty"`
}

MergeBranchInput is an autogenerated input type of MergeBranch.

type MergeCommitMessage 

type MergeCommitMessage string

MergeCommitMessage represents the possible default commit messages for merges. 

const (
	MergeCommitMessagePrTitle MergeCommitMessage = "PR_TITLE" // Default to the pull request's title.
	MergeCommitMessagePrBody  MergeCommitMessage = "PR_BODY"  // Default to the pull request's body.
	MergeCommitMessageBlank   MergeCommitMessage = "BLANK"    // Default to a blank commit message.
)

The possible default commit messages for merges.

type MergeCommitTitle 

type MergeCommitTitle string

MergeCommitTitle represents the possible default commit titles for merges. 

const (
	MergeCommitTitlePrTitle      MergeCommitTitle = "PR_TITLE"      // Default to the pull request's title.
	MergeCommitTitleMergeMessage MergeCommitTitle = "MERGE_MESSAGE" // Default to the classic title for a merge message (e.g., Merge pull request #123 from branch-name).
)

The possible default commit titles for merges.

type MergePullRequestInput 

type MergePullRequestInput struct {
	// ID of the pull request to be merged. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Commit headline to use for the merge commit; if omitted, a default message will be used. (Optional.)
	CommitHeadline *String `json:"commitHeadline,omitempty"`
	// Commit body to use for the merge commit; if omitted, a default message will be used. (Optional.)
	CommitBody *String `json:"commitBody,omitempty"`
	// OID that the pull request head ref must match to allow merge; if omitted, no check is performed. (Optional.)
	ExpectedHeadOid *GitObjectID `json:"expectedHeadOid,omitempty"`
	// The merge method to use. If omitted, defaults to 'MERGE'. (Optional.)
	MergeMethod *PullRequestMergeMethod `json:"mergeMethod,omitempty"`
	// The email address to associate with this merge. (Optional.)
	AuthorEmail *String `json:"authorEmail,omitempty"`
}

MergePullRequestInput is an autogenerated input type of MergePullRequest.

type MergeQueueEntryState 

type MergeQueueEntryState string

MergeQueueEntryState represents the possible states for a merge queue entry. 

const (
	MergeQueueEntryStateQueued         MergeQueueEntryState = "QUEUED"          // The entry is currently queued.
	MergeQueueEntryStateAwaitingChecks MergeQueueEntryState = "AWAITING_CHECKS" // The entry is currently waiting for checks to pass.
	MergeQueueEntryStateMergeable      MergeQueueEntryState = "MERGEABLE"       // The entry is currently mergeable.
	MergeQueueEntryStateUnmergeable    MergeQueueEntryState = "UNMERGEABLE"     // The entry is currently unmergeable.
	MergeQueueEntryStateLocked         MergeQueueEntryState = "LOCKED"          // The entry is currently locked.
)

The possible states for a merge queue entry.

type MergeQueueGroupingStrategy 

type MergeQueueGroupingStrategy string

MergeQueueGroupingStrategy represents when set to ALLGREEN, the merge commit created by merge queue for each PR in the group must pass all required checks to merge. When set to HEADGREEN, only the commit at the head of the merge group, i.e. the commit containing changes from all of the PRs in the group, must pass its required checks to merge. 

const (
	MergeQueueGroupingStrategyAllgreen  MergeQueueGroupingStrategy = "ALLGREEN"  // The merge commit created by merge queue for each PR in the group must pass all required checks to merge.
	MergeQueueGroupingStrategyHeadgreen MergeQueueGroupingStrategy = "HEADGREEN" // Only the commit at the head of the merge group must pass its required checks to merge.
)

When set to ALLGREEN, the merge commit created by merge queue for each PR in the group must pass all required checks to merge. When set to HEADGREEN, only the commit at the head of the merge group, i.e. the commit containing changes from all of the PRs in the group, must pass its required checks to merge.

type MergeQueueMergeMethod 

type MergeQueueMergeMethod string

MergeQueueMergeMethod represents method to use when merging changes from queued pull requests. 

const (
	MergeQueueMergeMethodMerge  MergeQueueMergeMethod = "MERGE"  // Merge commit.
	MergeQueueMergeMethodSquash MergeQueueMergeMethod = "SQUASH" // Squash and merge.
	MergeQueueMergeMethodRebase MergeQueueMergeMethod = "REBASE" // Rebase and merge.
)

Method to use when merging changes from queued pull requests.

type MergeQueueMergingStrategy 

type MergeQueueMergingStrategy string

MergeQueueMergingStrategy represents the possible merging strategies for a merge queue. 

const (
	MergeQueueMergingStrategyAllgreen  MergeQueueMergingStrategy = "ALLGREEN"  // Entries only allowed to merge if they are passing.
	MergeQueueMergingStrategyHeadgreen MergeQueueMergingStrategy = "HEADGREEN" // Failing Entires are allowed to merge if they are with a passing entry.
)

The possible merging strategies for a merge queue.

type MergeQueueParametersInput 

type MergeQueueParametersInput struct {
	// Maximum time for a required status check to report a conclusion. After this much time has elapsed, checks that have not reported a conclusion will be assumed to have failed. (Required.)
	CheckResponseTimeoutMinutes Int `json:"checkResponseTimeoutMinutes"`
	// When set to ALLGREEN, the merge commit created by merge queue for each PR in the group must pass all required checks to merge. When set to HEADGREEN, only the commit at the head of the merge group, i.e. the commit containing changes from all of the PRs in the group, must pass its required checks to merge. (Required.)
	GroupingStrategy MergeQueueGroupingStrategy `json:"groupingStrategy"`
	// Limit the number of queued pull requests requesting checks and workflow runs at the same time. (Required.)
	MaxEntriesToBuild Int `json:"maxEntriesToBuild"`
	// The maximum number of PRs that will be merged together in a group. (Required.)
	MaxEntriesToMerge Int `json:"maxEntriesToMerge"`
	// Method to use when merging changes from queued pull requests. (Required.)
	MergeMethod MergeQueueMergeMethod `json:"mergeMethod"`
	// The minimum number of PRs that will be merged together in a group. (Required.)
	MinEntriesToMerge Int `json:"minEntriesToMerge"`
	// The time merge queue should wait after the first PR is added to the queue for the minimum group size to be met. After this time has elapsed, the minimum group size will be ignored and a smaller group will be merged. (Required.)
	MinEntriesToMergeWaitMinutes Int `json:"minEntriesToMergeWaitMinutes"`
}

MergeQueueParametersInput represents merges must be performed via a merge queue.

type MergeStateStatus 

type MergeStateStatus string

MergeStateStatus represents detailed status information about a pull request merge. 

const (
	MergeStateStatusDirty    MergeStateStatus = "DIRTY"     // The merge commit cannot be cleanly created.
	MergeStateStatusUnknown  MergeStateStatus = "UNKNOWN"   // The state cannot currently be determined.
	MergeStateStatusBlocked  MergeStateStatus = "BLOCKED"   // The merge is blocked.
	MergeStateStatusBehind   MergeStateStatus = "BEHIND"    // The head ref is out of date.
	MergeStateStatusDraft    MergeStateStatus = "DRAFT"     // The merge is blocked due to the pull request being a draft.
	MergeStateStatusUnstable MergeStateStatus = "UNSTABLE"  // Mergeable with non-passing commit status.
	MergeStateStatusHasHooks MergeStateStatus = "HAS_HOOKS" // Mergeable with passing commit status and pre-receive hooks.
	MergeStateStatusClean    MergeStateStatus = "CLEAN"     // Mergeable and passing commit status.
)

Detailed status information about a pull request merge.

type MergeableState 

type MergeableState string

MergeableState represents whether or not a PullRequest can be merged. 

const (
	MergeableStateMergeable   MergeableState = "MERGEABLE"   // The pull request can be merged.
	MergeableStateConflicting MergeableState = "CONFLICTING" // The pull request cannot be merged due to merge conflicts.
	MergeableStateUnknown     MergeableState = "UNKNOWN"     // The mergeability of the pull request is still being calculated.
)

Whether or not a PullRequest can be merged.

type MigrationSourceType 

type MigrationSourceType string

MigrationSourceType represents represents the different GitHub Enterprise Importer (GEI) migration sources. 

const (
	MigrationSourceTypeAzureDevOps     MigrationSourceType = "AZURE_DEVOPS"     // An Azure DevOps migration source.
	MigrationSourceTypeBitbucketServer MigrationSourceType = "BITBUCKET_SERVER" // A Bitbucket Server migration source.
	MigrationSourceTypeGitHubArchive   MigrationSourceType = "GITHUB_ARCHIVE"   // A GitHub Migration API source.
)

Represents the different GitHub Enterprise Importer (GEI) migration sources.

type MigrationState 

type MigrationState string

MigrationState represents the GitHub Enterprise Importer (GEI) migration state. 

const (
	MigrationStateNotStarted        MigrationState = "NOT_STARTED"        // The migration has not started.
	MigrationStateQueued            MigrationState = "QUEUED"             // The migration has been queued.
	MigrationStateInProgress        MigrationState = "IN_PROGRESS"        // The migration is in progress.
	MigrationStateSucceeded         MigrationState = "SUCCEEDED"          // The migration has succeeded.
	MigrationStateFailed            MigrationState = "FAILED"             // The migration has failed.
	MigrationStatePendingValidation MigrationState = "PENDING_VALIDATION" // The migration needs to have its credentials validated.
	MigrationStateFailedValidation  MigrationState = "FAILED_VALIDATION"  // The migration has invalid credentials.
)

The GitHub Enterprise Importer (GEI) migration state.

type MilestoneOrder 

type MilestoneOrder struct {
	// The field to order milestones by. (Required.)
	Field MilestoneOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

MilestoneOrder represents ordering options for milestone connections.

type MilestoneOrderField 

type MilestoneOrderField string

MilestoneOrderField represents properties by which milestone connections can be ordered. 

const (
	MilestoneOrderFieldDueDate   MilestoneOrderField = "DUE_DATE"   // Order milestones by when they are due.
	MilestoneOrderFieldCreatedAt MilestoneOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order milestones by when they were created.
	MilestoneOrderFieldUpdatedAt MilestoneOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order milestones by when they were last updated.
	MilestoneOrderFieldNumber    MilestoneOrderField = "NUMBER"     // Order milestones by their number.
)

Properties by which milestone connections can be ordered.

type MilestoneState 

type MilestoneState string

MilestoneState represents the possible states of a milestone. 

const (
	MilestoneStateOpen   MilestoneState = "OPEN"   // A milestone that is still open.
	MilestoneStateClosed MilestoneState = "CLOSED" // A milestone that has been closed.
)

The possible states of a milestone.

type MinimizeCommentInput 

type MinimizeCommentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the subject to modify. (Required.)
	SubjectID ID `json:"subjectId"`
	// The classification of comment. (Required.)
	Classifier ReportedContentClassifiers `json:"classifier"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

MinimizeCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of MinimizeComment.

type MoveProjectCardInput 

type MoveProjectCardInput struct {
	// The id of the card to move. (Required.)
	CardID ID `json:"cardId"`
	// The id of the column to move it into. (Required.)
	ColumnID ID `json:"columnId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Place the new card after the card with this id. Pass null to place it at the top. (Optional.)
	AfterCardID *ID `json:"afterCardId,omitempty"`
}

MoveProjectCardInput is an autogenerated input type of MoveProjectCard.

type MoveProjectColumnInput 

type MoveProjectColumnInput struct {
	// The id of the column to move. (Required.)
	ColumnID ID `json:"columnId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Place the new column after the column with this id. Pass null to place it at the front. (Optional.)
	AfterColumnID *ID `json:"afterColumnId,omitempty"`
}

MoveProjectColumnInput is an autogenerated input type of MoveProjectColumn.

type NotificationRestrictionSettingValue 

type NotificationRestrictionSettingValue string

NotificationRestrictionSettingValue represents the possible values for the notification restriction setting. 

const (
	NotificationRestrictionSettingValueEnabled  NotificationRestrictionSettingValue = "ENABLED"  // The setting is enabled for the owner.
	NotificationRestrictionSettingValueDisabled NotificationRestrictionSettingValue = "DISABLED" // The setting is disabled for the owner.
)

The possible values for the notification restriction setting.

type OIDCProviderType 

type OIDCProviderType string

OIDCProviderType represents the OIDC identity provider type. 

const (
	OIDCProviderTypeAad OIDCProviderType = "AAD" // Azure Active Directory.
)

The OIDC identity provider type.

type OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryState 

type OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryState string

OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryState represents the state of an OAuth application when it was created. 

const (
	OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryStateActive          OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryState = "ACTIVE"           // The OAuth application was active and allowed to have OAuth Accesses.
	OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryStateSuspended       OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryState = "SUSPENDED"        // The OAuth application was suspended from generating OAuth Accesses due to abuse or security concerns.
	OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryStatePendingDeletion OauthApplicationCreateAuditEntryState = "PENDING_DELETION" // The OAuth application was in the process of being deleted.
)

The state of an OAuth application when it was created.

type OperationType 

type OperationType string

OperationType represents the corresponding operation type for the action. 

const (
	OperationTypeAccess         OperationType = "ACCESS"         // An existing resource was accessed.
	OperationTypeAuthentication OperationType = "AUTHENTICATION" // A resource performed an authentication event.
	OperationTypeCreate         OperationType = "CREATE"         // A new resource was created.
	OperationTypeModify         OperationType = "MODIFY"         // An existing resource was modified.
	OperationTypeRemove         OperationType = "REMOVE"         // An existing resource was removed.
	OperationTypeRestore        OperationType = "RESTORE"        // An existing resource was restored.
	OperationTypeTransfer       OperationType = "TRANSFER"       // An existing resource was transferred between multiple resources.
)

The corresponding operation type for the action.

type OrderDirection 

type OrderDirection string

OrderDirection represents possible directions in which to order a list of items when provided an `orderBy` argument. 

const (
	OrderDirectionAsc  OrderDirection = "ASC"  // Specifies an ascending order for a given `orderBy` argument.
	OrderDirectionDesc OrderDirection = "DESC" // Specifies a descending order for a given `orderBy` argument.
)

Possible directions in which to order a list of items when provided an `orderBy` argument.

type OrgAddMemberAuditEntryPermission 

type OrgAddMemberAuditEntryPermission string

OrgAddMemberAuditEntryPermission represents the permissions available to members on an Organization. 

const (
	OrgAddMemberAuditEntryPermissionRead  OrgAddMemberAuditEntryPermission = "READ"  // Can read and clone repositories.
	OrgAddMemberAuditEntryPermissionAdmin OrgAddMemberAuditEntryPermission = "ADMIN" // Can read, clone, push, and add collaborators to repositories.
)

The permissions available to members on an Organization.

type OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlan 

type OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlan string

OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlan represents the billing plans available for organizations. 

const (
	OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlanFree          OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlan = "FREE"            // Free Plan.
	OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlanBusiness      OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlan = "BUSINESS"        // Team Plan.
	OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlanBusinessPlus  OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlan = "BUSINESS_PLUS"   // Enterprise Cloud Plan.
	OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlanUnlimited     OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlan = "UNLIMITED"       // Legacy Unlimited Plan.
	OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlanTieredPerSeat OrgCreateAuditEntryBillingPlan = "TIERED_PER_SEAT" // Tiered Per Seat Plan.
)

The billing plans available for organizations.

type OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrder 

type OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrder struct {
	// The field to order enterprise owners by. (Required.)
	Field OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrder represents ordering options for an organization's enterprise owner connections.

type OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrderField 

type OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrderField string

OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrderField represents properties by which enterprise owners can be ordered. 

const (
	OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrderFieldLogin OrgEnterpriseOwnerOrderField = "LOGIN" // Order enterprise owners by login.
)

Properties by which enterprise owners can be ordered.

type OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReason 

type OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReason string

OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReason represents the reason a billing manager was removed from an Organization. 

const (
	OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReasonTwoFactorRequirementNonCompliance          OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReason = "TWO_FACTOR_REQUIREMENT_NON_COMPLIANCE"           // The organization required 2FA of its billing managers and this user did not have 2FA enabled.
	OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReasonSamlExternalIdentityMissing                OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReason = "SAML_EXTERNAL_IDENTITY_MISSING"                  // SAML external identity missing.
	OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReasonSamlSsoEnforcementRequiresExternalIdentity OrgRemoveBillingManagerAuditEntryReason = "SAML_SSO_ENFORCEMENT_REQUIRES_EXTERNAL_IDENTITY" // SAML SSO enforcement requires an external identity.
)

The reason a billing manager was removed from an Organization.

type OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType 

type OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType string

OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType represents the type of membership a user has with an Organization. 

const (
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipTypeSuspended           OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType = "SUSPENDED"            // A suspended member.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipTypeDirectMember        OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType = "DIRECT_MEMBER"        // A direct member is a user that is a member of the Organization.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipTypeAdmin               OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType = "ADMIN"                // Organization owners have full access and can change several settings, including the names of repositories that belong to the Organization and Owners team membership. In addition, organization owners can delete the organization and all of its repositories.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipTypeBillingManager      OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType = "BILLING_MANAGER"      // A billing manager is a user who manages the billing settings for the Organization, such as updating payment information.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipTypeUnaffiliated        OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType = "UNAFFILIATED"         // An unaffiliated collaborator is a person who is not a member of the Organization and does not have access to any repositories in the Organization.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipTypeOutsideCollaborator OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryMembershipType = "OUTSIDE_COLLABORATOR" // An outside collaborator is a person who isn't explicitly a member of the Organization, but who has Read, Write, or Admin permissions to one or more repositories in the organization.
)

The type of membership a user has with an Organization.

type OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReason 

type OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReason string

OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReason represents the reason a member was removed from an Organization. 

const (
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReasonTwoFactorRequirementNonCompliance          OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReason = "TWO_FACTOR_REQUIREMENT_NON_COMPLIANCE"           // The organization required 2FA of its billing managers and this user did not have 2FA enabled.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReasonSamlExternalIdentityMissing                OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReason = "SAML_EXTERNAL_IDENTITY_MISSING"                  // SAML external identity missing.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReasonSamlSsoEnforcementRequiresExternalIdentity OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReason = "SAML_SSO_ENFORCEMENT_REQUIRES_EXTERNAL_IDENTITY" // SAML SSO enforcement requires an external identity.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReasonUserAccountDeleted                         OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReason = "USER_ACCOUNT_DELETED"                            // User account has been deleted.
	OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReasonTwoFactorAccountRecovery                   OrgRemoveMemberAuditEntryReason = "TWO_FACTOR_ACCOUNT_RECOVERY"                     // User was removed from organization during account recovery.
)

The reason a member was removed from an Organization.

type OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipType 

type OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipType string

OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipType represents the type of membership a user has with an Organization. 

const (
	OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipTypeOutsideCollaborator OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipType = "OUTSIDE_COLLABORATOR" // An outside collaborator is a person who isn't explicitly a member of the Organization, but who has Read, Write, or Admin permissions to one or more repositories in the organization.
	OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipTypeUnaffiliated        OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipType = "UNAFFILIATED"         // An unaffiliated collaborator is a person who is not a member of the Organization and does not have access to any repositories in the organization.
	OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipTypeBillingManager      OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryMembershipType = "BILLING_MANAGER"      // A billing manager is a user who manages the billing settings for the Organization, such as updating payment information.
)

The type of membership a user has with an Organization.

type OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryReason 

type OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryReason string

OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryReason represents the reason an outside collaborator was removed from an Organization. 

const (
	OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryReasonTwoFactorRequirementNonCompliance OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryReason = "TWO_FACTOR_REQUIREMENT_NON_COMPLIANCE" // The organization required 2FA of its billing managers and this user did not have 2FA enabled.
	OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryReasonSamlExternalIdentityMissing       OrgRemoveOutsideCollaboratorAuditEntryReason = "SAML_EXTERNAL_IDENTITY_MISSING"        // SAML external identity missing.
)

The reason an outside collaborator was removed from an Organization.

type OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermission 

type OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermission string

OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermission represents the default permission a repository can have in an Organization. 

const (
	OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermissionRead  OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermission = "READ"  // Can read and clone repositories.
	OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermissionWrite OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermission = "WRITE" // Can read, clone and push to repositories.
	OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermissionAdmin OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermission = "ADMIN" // Can read, clone, push, and add collaborators to repositories.
	OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermissionNone  OrgUpdateDefaultRepositoryPermissionAuditEntryPermission = "NONE"  // No default permission value.
)

The default permission a repository can have in an Organization.

type OrgUpdateMemberAuditEntryPermission 

type OrgUpdateMemberAuditEntryPermission string

OrgUpdateMemberAuditEntryPermission represents the permissions available to members on an Organization. 

const (
	OrgUpdateMemberAuditEntryPermissionRead  OrgUpdateMemberAuditEntryPermission = "READ"  // Can read and clone repositories.
	OrgUpdateMemberAuditEntryPermissionAdmin OrgUpdateMemberAuditEntryPermission = "ADMIN" // Can read, clone, push, and add collaborators to repositories.
)

The permissions available to members on an Organization.

type OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility 

type OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility string

OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility represents the permissions available for repository creation on an Organization. 

const (
	OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibilityAll             OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility = "ALL"              // All organization members are restricted from creating any repositories.
	OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibilityPublic          OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC"           // All organization members are restricted from creating public repositories.
	OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibilityNone            OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility = "NONE"             // All organization members are allowed to create any repositories.
	OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibilityPrivate         OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility = "PRIVATE"          // All organization members are restricted from creating private repositories.
	OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibilityInternal        OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility = "INTERNAL"         // All organization members are restricted from creating internal repositories.
	OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibilityPublicInternal  OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC_INTERNAL"  // All organization members are restricted from creating public or internal repositories.
	OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibilityPrivateInternal OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility = "PRIVATE_INTERNAL" // All organization members are restricted from creating private or internal repositories.
	OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibilityPublicPrivate   OrgUpdateMemberRepositoryCreationPermissionAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC_PRIVATE"   // All organization members are restricted from creating public or private repositories.
)

The permissions available for repository creation on an Organization.

type OrganizationInvitationRole 

type OrganizationInvitationRole string

OrganizationInvitationRole represents the possible organization invitation roles. 

const (
	OrganizationInvitationRoleDirectMember   OrganizationInvitationRole = "DIRECT_MEMBER"   // The user is invited to be a direct member of the organization.
	OrganizationInvitationRoleAdmin          OrganizationInvitationRole = "ADMIN"           // The user is invited to be an admin of the organization.
	OrganizationInvitationRoleBillingManager OrganizationInvitationRole = "BILLING_MANAGER" // The user is invited to be a billing manager of the organization.
	OrganizationInvitationRoleReinstate      OrganizationInvitationRole = "REINSTATE"       // The user's previous role will be reinstated.
)

The possible organization invitation roles.

type OrganizationInvitationSource 

type OrganizationInvitationSource string

OrganizationInvitationSource represents the possible organization invitation sources. 

const (
	OrganizationInvitationSourceUnknown OrganizationInvitationSource = "UNKNOWN" // The invitation was sent before this feature was added.
	OrganizationInvitationSourceMember  OrganizationInvitationSource = "MEMBER"  // The invitation was created from the web interface or from API.
	OrganizationInvitationSourceSCIM    OrganizationInvitationSource = "SCIM"    // The invitation was created from SCIM.
)

The possible organization invitation sources.

type OrganizationInvitationType 

type OrganizationInvitationType string

OrganizationInvitationType represents the possible organization invitation types. 

const (
	OrganizationInvitationTypeUser  OrganizationInvitationType = "USER"  // The invitation was to an existing user.
	OrganizationInvitationTypeEmail OrganizationInvitationType = "EMAIL" // The invitation was to an email address.
)

The possible organization invitation types.

type OrganizationMemberRole 

type OrganizationMemberRole string

OrganizationMemberRole represents the possible roles within an organization for its members. 

const (
	OrganizationMemberRoleMember OrganizationMemberRole = "MEMBER" // The user is a member of the organization.
	OrganizationMemberRoleAdmin  OrganizationMemberRole = "ADMIN"  // The user is an administrator of the organization.
)

The possible roles within an organization for its members.

type OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue 

type OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue string

OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue represents the possible values for the members can create repositories setting on an organization. 

const (
	OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValueAll      OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "ALL"      // Members will be able to create public and private repositories.
	OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValuePrivate  OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "PRIVATE"  // Members will be able to create only private repositories.
	OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValueInternal OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "INTERNAL" // Members will be able to create only internal repositories.
	OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValueDisabled OrganizationMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue = "DISABLED" // Members will not be able to create public or private repositories.
)

The possible values for the members can create repositories setting on an organization.

type OrganizationMigrationState 

type OrganizationMigrationState string

OrganizationMigrationState represents the Octoshift Organization migration state. 

const (
	OrganizationMigrationStateNotStarted        OrganizationMigrationState = "NOT_STARTED"         // The Octoshift migration has not started.
	OrganizationMigrationStateQueued            OrganizationMigrationState = "QUEUED"              // The Octoshift migration has been queued.
	OrganizationMigrationStateInProgress        OrganizationMigrationState = "IN_PROGRESS"         // The Octoshift migration is in progress.
	OrganizationMigrationStatePreRepoMigration  OrganizationMigrationState = "PRE_REPO_MIGRATION"  // The Octoshift migration is performing pre repository migrations.
	OrganizationMigrationStateRepoMigration     OrganizationMigrationState = "REPO_MIGRATION"      // The Octoshift org migration is performing repository migrations.
	OrganizationMigrationStatePostRepoMigration OrganizationMigrationState = "POST_REPO_MIGRATION" // The Octoshift migration is performing post repository migrations.
	OrganizationMigrationStateSucceeded         OrganizationMigrationState = "SUCCEEDED"           // The Octoshift migration has succeeded.
	OrganizationMigrationStateFailed            OrganizationMigrationState = "FAILED"              // The Octoshift migration has failed.
	OrganizationMigrationStatePendingValidation OrganizationMigrationState = "PENDING_VALIDATION"  // The Octoshift migration needs to have its credentials validated.
	OrganizationMigrationStateFailedValidation  OrganizationMigrationState = "FAILED_VALIDATION"   // The Octoshift migration has invalid credentials.
)

The Octoshift Organization migration state.

type OrganizationOrder 

type OrganizationOrder struct {
	// The field to order organizations by. (Required.)
	Field OrganizationOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

OrganizationOrder represents ordering options for organization connections.

type OrganizationOrderField 

type OrganizationOrderField string

OrganizationOrderField represents properties by which organization connections can be ordered. 

const (
	OrganizationOrderFieldCreatedAt OrganizationOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order organizations by creation time.
	OrganizationOrderFieldLogin     OrganizationOrderField = "LOGIN"      // Order organizations by login.
)

Properties by which organization connections can be ordered.

type PackageFileOrder 

type PackageFileOrder struct {

	// The field in which to order package files by. (Optional.)
	Field *PackageFileOrderField `json:"field,omitempty"`
	// The direction in which to order package files by the specified field. (Optional.)
	Direction *OrderDirection `json:"direction,omitempty"`
}

PackageFileOrder represents ways in which lists of package files can be ordered upon return.

type PackageFileOrderField 

type PackageFileOrderField string

PackageFileOrderField represents properties by which package file connections can be ordered. 

const (
	PackageFileOrderFieldCreatedAt PackageFileOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order package files by creation time.
)

Properties by which package file connections can be ordered.

type PackageOrder 

type PackageOrder struct {

	// The field in which to order packages by. (Optional.)
	Field *PackageOrderField `json:"field,omitempty"`
	// The direction in which to order packages by the specified field. (Optional.)
	Direction *OrderDirection `json:"direction,omitempty"`
}

PackageOrder represents ways in which lists of packages can be ordered upon return.

type PackageOrderField 

type PackageOrderField string

PackageOrderField represents properties by which package connections can be ordered. 

const (
	PackageOrderFieldCreatedAt PackageOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order packages by creation time.
)

Properties by which package connections can be ordered.

type PackageType 

type PackageType string

PackageType represents the possible types of a package. 

const (
	PackageTypeNpm      PackageType = "NPM"      // An npm package.
	PackageTypeRubygems PackageType = "RUBYGEMS" // A rubygems package.
	PackageTypeMaven    PackageType = "MAVEN"    // A maven package.
	PackageTypeDocker   PackageType = "DOCKER"   // A docker image.
	PackageTypeDebian   PackageType = "DEBIAN"   // A debian package.
	PackageTypeNuget    PackageType = "NUGET"    // A nuget package.
	PackageTypePypi     PackageType = "PYPI"     // A python package.
)

The possible types of a package.

type PackageVersionOrder 

type PackageVersionOrder struct {

	// The field in which to order package versions by. (Optional.)
	Field *PackageVersionOrderField `json:"field,omitempty"`
	// The direction in which to order package versions by the specified field. (Optional.)
	Direction *OrderDirection `json:"direction,omitempty"`
}

PackageVersionOrder represents ways in which lists of package versions can be ordered upon return.

type PackageVersionOrderField 

type PackageVersionOrderField string

PackageVersionOrderField represents properties by which package version connections can be ordered. 

const (
	PackageVersionOrderFieldCreatedAt PackageVersionOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order package versions by creation time.
)

Properties by which package version connections can be ordered.

type PatchStatus 

type PatchStatus string

PatchStatus represents the possible types of patch statuses. 

const (
	PatchStatusAdded    PatchStatus = "ADDED"    // The file was added. Git status 'A'.
	PatchStatusDeleted  PatchStatus = "DELETED"  // The file was deleted. Git status 'D'.
	PatchStatusRenamed  PatchStatus = "RENAMED"  // The file was renamed. Git status 'R'.
	PatchStatusCopied   PatchStatus = "COPIED"   // The file was copied. Git status 'C'.
	PatchStatusModified PatchStatus = "MODIFIED" // The file's contents were changed. Git status 'M'.
	PatchStatusChanged  PatchStatus = "CHANGED"  // The file's type was changed. Git status 'T'.
)

The possible types of patch statuses.

type PinEnvironmentInput 

type PinEnvironmentInput struct {
	// The ID of the environment to modify. (Required.)
	EnvironmentID ID `json:"environmentId"`
	// The desired state of the environment. If true, environment will be pinned. If false, it will be unpinned. (Required.)
	Pinned Boolean `json:"pinned"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

PinEnvironmentInput is an autogenerated input type of PinEnvironment.

type PinIssueInput 

type PinIssueInput struct {
	// The ID of the issue to be pinned. (Required.)
	IssueID ID `json:"issueId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

PinIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of PinIssue.

type PinnableItemType 

type PinnableItemType string

PinnableItemType represents represents items that can be pinned to a profile page or dashboard. 

const (
	PinnableItemTypeRepository   PinnableItemType = "REPOSITORY"   // A repository.
	PinnableItemTypeGist         PinnableItemType = "GIST"         // A gist.
	PinnableItemTypeIssue        PinnableItemType = "ISSUE"        // An issue.
	PinnableItemTypeProject      PinnableItemType = "PROJECT"      // A project.
	PinnableItemTypePullRequest  PinnableItemType = "PULL_REQUEST" // A pull request.
	PinnableItemTypeUser         PinnableItemType = "USER"         // A user.
	PinnableItemTypeOrganization PinnableItemType = "ORGANIZATION" // An organization.
	PinnableItemTypeTeam         PinnableItemType = "TEAM"         // A team.
)

Represents items that can be pinned to a profile page or dashboard.

type PinnedDiscussionGradient 

type PinnedDiscussionGradient string

PinnedDiscussionGradient represents preconfigured gradients that may be used to style discussions pinned within a repository. 

const (
	PinnedDiscussionGradientRedOrange   PinnedDiscussionGradient = "RED_ORANGE"   // A gradient of red to orange.
	PinnedDiscussionGradientBlueMint    PinnedDiscussionGradient = "BLUE_MINT"    // A gradient of blue to mint.
	PinnedDiscussionGradientBluePurple  PinnedDiscussionGradient = "BLUE_PURPLE"  // A gradient of blue to purple.
	PinnedDiscussionGradientPinkBlue    PinnedDiscussionGradient = "PINK_BLUE"    // A gradient of pink to blue.
	PinnedDiscussionGradientPurpleCoral PinnedDiscussionGradient = "PURPLE_CORAL" // A gradient of purple to coral.
)

Preconfigured gradients that may be used to style discussions pinned within a repository.

type PinnedDiscussionPattern 

type PinnedDiscussionPattern string

PinnedDiscussionPattern represents preconfigured background patterns that may be used to style discussions pinned within a repository. 

const (
	PinnedDiscussionPatternDotFill   PinnedDiscussionPattern = "DOT_FILL"   // A solid dot pattern.
	PinnedDiscussionPatternPlus      PinnedDiscussionPattern = "PLUS"       // A plus sign pattern.
	PinnedDiscussionPatternZap       PinnedDiscussionPattern = "ZAP"        // A lightning bolt pattern.
	PinnedDiscussionPatternChevronUp PinnedDiscussionPattern = "CHEVRON_UP" // An upward-facing chevron pattern.
	PinnedDiscussionPatternDot       PinnedDiscussionPattern = "DOT"        // A hollow dot pattern.
	PinnedDiscussionPatternHeartFill PinnedDiscussionPattern = "HEART_FILL" // A heart pattern.
)

Preconfigured background patterns that may be used to style discussions pinned within a repository.

type PinnedEnvironmentOrder 

type PinnedEnvironmentOrder struct {
	// The field to order pinned environments by. (Required.)
	Field PinnedEnvironmentOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order pinned environments by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

PinnedEnvironmentOrder represents ordering options for pinned environments.

type PinnedEnvironmentOrderField 

type PinnedEnvironmentOrderField string

PinnedEnvironmentOrderField represents properties by which pinned environments connections can be ordered. 

const (
	PinnedEnvironmentOrderFieldPosition PinnedEnvironmentOrderField = "POSITION" // Order pinned environments by position.
)

Properties by which pinned environments connections can be ordered.

type ProjectCardArchivedState 

type ProjectCardArchivedState string

ProjectCardArchivedState represents the possible archived states of a project card. 

const (
	ProjectCardArchivedStateArchived    ProjectCardArchivedState = "ARCHIVED"     // A project card that is archived.
	ProjectCardArchivedStateNotArchived ProjectCardArchivedState = "NOT_ARCHIVED" // A project card that is not archived.
)

The possible archived states of a project card.

type ProjectCardImport 

type ProjectCardImport struct {
	// Repository name with owner (owner/repository). (Required.)
	Repository String `json:"repository"`
	// The issue or pull request number. (Required.)
	Number Int `json:"number"`
}

ProjectCardImport represents an issue or PR and its owning repository to be used in a project card.

type ProjectCardState 

type ProjectCardState string

ProjectCardState represents various content states of a ProjectCard. 

const (
	ProjectCardStateContentOnly ProjectCardState = "CONTENT_ONLY" // The card has content only.
	ProjectCardStateNoteOnly    ProjectCardState = "NOTE_ONLY"    // The card has a note only.
	ProjectCardStateRedacted    ProjectCardState = "REDACTED"     // The card is redacted.
)

Various content states of a ProjectCard.

type ProjectColumnImport 

type ProjectColumnImport struct {
	// The name of the column. (Required.)
	ColumnName String `json:"columnName"`
	// The position of the column, starting from 0. (Required.)
	Position Int `json:"position"`

	// A list of issues and pull requests in the column. (Optional.)
	Issues *[]ProjectCardImport `json:"issues,omitempty"`
}

ProjectColumnImport represents a project column and a list of its issues and PRs.

type ProjectColumnPurpose 

type ProjectColumnPurpose string

ProjectColumnPurpose represents the semantic purpose of the column - todo, in progress, or done. 

const (
	ProjectColumnPurposeTodo       ProjectColumnPurpose = "TODO"        // The column contains cards still to be worked on.
	ProjectColumnPurposeInProgress ProjectColumnPurpose = "IN_PROGRESS" // The column contains cards which are currently being worked on.
	ProjectColumnPurposeDone       ProjectColumnPurpose = "DONE"        // The column contains cards which are complete.
)

The semantic purpose of the column - todo, in progress, or done.

type ProjectOrder 

type ProjectOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order projects by. (Required.)
	Field ProjectOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order projects by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ProjectOrder represents ways in which lists of projects can be ordered upon return.

type ProjectOrderField 

type ProjectOrderField string

ProjectOrderField represents properties by which project connections can be ordered. 

const (
	ProjectOrderFieldCreatedAt ProjectOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order projects by creation time.
	ProjectOrderFieldUpdatedAt ProjectOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order projects by update time.
	ProjectOrderFieldName      ProjectOrderField = "NAME"       // Order projects by name.
)

Properties by which project connections can be ordered.

type ProjectState 

type ProjectState string

ProjectState represents state of the project; either 'open' or 'closed'. 

const (
	ProjectStateOpen   ProjectState = "OPEN"   // The project is open.
	ProjectStateClosed ProjectState = "CLOSED" // The project is closed.
)

State of the project; either 'open' or 'closed'.

type ProjectTemplate 

type ProjectTemplate string

ProjectTemplate represents gitHub-provided templates for Projects. 

const (
	ProjectTemplateBasicKanban            ProjectTemplate = "BASIC_KANBAN"             // Create a board with columns for To do, In progress and Done.
	ProjectTemplateAutomatedKanbanV2      ProjectTemplate = "AUTOMATED_KANBAN_V2"      // Create a board with v2 triggers to automatically move cards across To do, In progress and Done columns.
	ProjectTemplateAutomatedReviewsKanban ProjectTemplate = "AUTOMATED_REVIEWS_KANBAN" // Create a board with triggers to automatically move cards across columns with review automation.
	ProjectTemplateBugTriage              ProjectTemplate = "BUG_TRIAGE"               // Create a board to triage and prioritize bugs with To do, priority, and Done columns.
)

GitHub-provided templates for Projects.

type ProjectV2Collaborator 

type ProjectV2Collaborator struct {
	// The role to grant the collaborator. (Required.)
	Role ProjectV2Roles `json:"role"`

	// The ID of the user as a collaborator. (Optional.)
	UserID *ID `json:"userId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the team as a collaborator. (Optional.)
	TeamID *ID `json:"teamId,omitempty"`
}

ProjectV2Collaborator represents a collaborator to update on a project. Only one of the userId or teamId should be provided.

type ProjectV2CustomFieldType 

type ProjectV2CustomFieldType string

ProjectV2CustomFieldType represents the type of a project field. 

const (
	ProjectV2CustomFieldTypeText         ProjectV2CustomFieldType = "TEXT"          // Text.
	ProjectV2CustomFieldTypeSingleSelect ProjectV2CustomFieldType = "SINGLE_SELECT" // Single Select.
	ProjectV2CustomFieldTypeNumber       ProjectV2CustomFieldType = "NUMBER"        // Number.
	ProjectV2CustomFieldTypeDate         ProjectV2CustomFieldType = "DATE"          // Date.
)

The type of a project field.

type ProjectV2FieldOrder 

type ProjectV2FieldOrder struct {
	// The field to order the project v2 fields by. (Required.)
	Field ProjectV2FieldOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ProjectV2FieldOrder represents ordering options for project v2 field connections.

type ProjectV2FieldOrderField 

type ProjectV2FieldOrderField string

ProjectV2FieldOrderField represents properties by which project v2 field connections can be ordered. 

const (
	ProjectV2FieldOrderFieldPosition  ProjectV2FieldOrderField = "POSITION"   // Order project v2 fields by position.
	ProjectV2FieldOrderFieldCreatedAt ProjectV2FieldOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order project v2 fields by creation time.
	ProjectV2FieldOrderFieldName      ProjectV2FieldOrderField = "NAME"       // Order project v2 fields by name.
)

Properties by which project v2 field connections can be ordered.

type ProjectV2FieldType 

type ProjectV2FieldType string

ProjectV2FieldType represents the type of a project field. 

const (
	ProjectV2FieldTypeAssignees          ProjectV2FieldType = "ASSIGNEES"            // Assignees.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeLinkedPullRequests ProjectV2FieldType = "LINKED_PULL_REQUESTS" // Linked Pull Requests.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeReviewers          ProjectV2FieldType = "REVIEWERS"            // Reviewers.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeLabels             ProjectV2FieldType = "LABELS"               // Labels.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeMilestone          ProjectV2FieldType = "MILESTONE"            // Milestone.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeRepository         ProjectV2FieldType = "REPOSITORY"           // Repository.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeTitle              ProjectV2FieldType = "TITLE"                // Title.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeText               ProjectV2FieldType = "TEXT"                 // Text.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeSingleSelect       ProjectV2FieldType = "SINGLE_SELECT"        // Single Select.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeNumber             ProjectV2FieldType = "NUMBER"               // Number.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeDate               ProjectV2FieldType = "DATE"                 // Date.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeIteration          ProjectV2FieldType = "ITERATION"            // Iteration.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeTracks             ProjectV2FieldType = "TRACKS"               // Tracks.
	ProjectV2FieldTypeTrackedBy          ProjectV2FieldType = "TRACKED_BY"           // Tracked by.
)

The type of a project field.

type ProjectV2FieldValue 

type ProjectV2FieldValue struct {

	// The text to set on the field. (Optional.)
	Text *String `json:"text,omitempty"`
	// The number to set on the field. (Optional.)
	Number *Float `json:"number,omitempty"`
	// The ISO 8601 date to set on the field. (Optional.)
	Date *Date `json:"date,omitempty"`
	// The id of the single select option to set on the field. (Optional.)
	SingleSelectOptionID *String `json:"singleSelectOptionId,omitempty"`
	// The id of the iteration to set on the field. (Optional.)
	IterationID *String `json:"iterationId,omitempty"`
}

ProjectV2FieldValue represents the values that can be used to update a field of an item inside a Project. Only 1 value can be updated at a time.

type ProjectV2Filters 

type ProjectV2Filters struct {

	// List project v2 filtered by the state given. (Optional.)
	State *ProjectV2State `json:"state,omitempty"`
}

ProjectV2Filters represents ways in which to filter lists of projects.

type ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrder 

type ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrder struct {
	// The field to order the project v2 item field values by. (Required.)
	Field ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrder represents ordering options for project v2 item field value connections.

type ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrderField 

type ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrderField string

ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrderField represents properties by which project v2 item field value connections can be ordered. 

const (
	ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrderFieldPosition ProjectV2ItemFieldValueOrderField = "POSITION" // Order project v2 item field values by the their position in the project.
)

Properties by which project v2 item field value connections can be ordered.

type ProjectV2ItemOrder 

type ProjectV2ItemOrder struct {
	// The field to order the project v2 items by. (Required.)
	Field ProjectV2ItemOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ProjectV2ItemOrder represents ordering options for project v2 item connections.

type ProjectV2ItemOrderField 

type ProjectV2ItemOrderField string

ProjectV2ItemOrderField represents properties by which project v2 item connections can be ordered. 

const (
	ProjectV2ItemOrderFieldPosition ProjectV2ItemOrderField = "POSITION" // Order project v2 items by the their position in the project.
)

Properties by which project v2 item connections can be ordered.

type ProjectV2ItemType 

type ProjectV2ItemType string

ProjectV2ItemType represents the type of a project item. 

const (
	ProjectV2ItemTypeIssue       ProjectV2ItemType = "ISSUE"        // Issue.
	ProjectV2ItemTypePullRequest ProjectV2ItemType = "PULL_REQUEST" // Pull Request.
	ProjectV2ItemTypeDraftIssue  ProjectV2ItemType = "DRAFT_ISSUE"  // Draft Issue.
	ProjectV2ItemTypeRedacted    ProjectV2ItemType = "REDACTED"     // Redacted Item.
)

The type of a project item.

type ProjectV2Order 

type ProjectV2Order struct {
	// The field in which to order projects by. (Required.)
	Field ProjectV2OrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order projects by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ProjectV2Order represents ways in which lists of projects can be ordered upon return.

type ProjectV2OrderField 

type ProjectV2OrderField string

ProjectV2OrderField represents properties by which projects can be ordered. 

const (
	ProjectV2OrderFieldTitle     ProjectV2OrderField = "TITLE"      // The project's title.
	ProjectV2OrderFieldNumber    ProjectV2OrderField = "NUMBER"     // The project's number.
	ProjectV2OrderFieldUpdatedAt ProjectV2OrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // The project's date and time of update.
	ProjectV2OrderFieldCreatedAt ProjectV2OrderField = "CREATED_AT" // The project's date and time of creation.
)

Properties by which projects can be ordered.

type ProjectV2PermissionLevel 

type ProjectV2PermissionLevel string

ProjectV2PermissionLevel represents the possible roles of a collaborator on a project. 

const (
	ProjectV2PermissionLevelRead  ProjectV2PermissionLevel = "READ"  // The collaborator can view the project.
	ProjectV2PermissionLevelWrite ProjectV2PermissionLevel = "WRITE" // The collaborator can view and edit the project.
	ProjectV2PermissionLevelAdmin ProjectV2PermissionLevel = "ADMIN" // The collaborator can view, edit, and maange the settings of the project.
)

The possible roles of a collaborator on a project.

type ProjectV2Roles 

type ProjectV2Roles string

ProjectV2Roles represents the possible roles of a collaborator on a project. 

const (
	ProjectV2RolesNone   ProjectV2Roles = "NONE"   // The collaborator has no direct access to the project.
	ProjectV2RolesReader ProjectV2Roles = "READER" // The collaborator can view the project.
	ProjectV2RolesWriter ProjectV2Roles = "WRITER" // The collaborator can view and edit the project.
	ProjectV2RolesAdmin  ProjectV2Roles = "ADMIN"  // The collaborator can view, edit, and maange the settings of the project.
)

The possible roles of a collaborator on a project.

type ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor 

type ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor string

ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor represents the display color of a single-select field option. 

const (
	ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColorGray   ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor = "GRAY"   // GRAY.
	ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColorBlue   ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor = "BLUE"   // BLUE.
	ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColorGreen  ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor = "GREEN"  // GREEN.
	ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColorYellow ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor = "YELLOW" // YELLOW.
	ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColorOrange ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor = "ORANGE" // ORANGE.
	ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColorRed    ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor = "RED"    // RED.
	ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColorPink   ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor = "PINK"   // PINK.
	ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColorPurple ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor = "PURPLE" // PURPLE.
)

The display color of a single-select field option.

type ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionInput 

type ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionInput struct {
	// The name of the option. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// The display color of the option. (Required.)
	Color ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionColor `json:"color"`
	// The description text of the option. (Required.)
	Description String `json:"description"`
}

ProjectV2SingleSelectFieldOptionInput represents represents a single select field option.

type ProjectV2State 

type ProjectV2State string

ProjectV2State represents the possible states of a project v2. 

const (
	ProjectV2StateOpen   ProjectV2State = "OPEN"   // A project v2 that is still open.
	ProjectV2StateClosed ProjectV2State = "CLOSED" // A project v2 that has been closed.
)

The possible states of a project v2.

type ProjectV2StatusOrder 

type ProjectV2StatusOrder struct {
	// The field by which to order nodes. (Required.)
	Field ProjectV2StatusUpdateOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order nodes. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ProjectV2StatusOrder represents ways in which project v2 status updates can be ordered.

type ProjectV2StatusUpdateOrderField 

type ProjectV2StatusUpdateOrderField string

ProjectV2StatusUpdateOrderField represents properties by which project v2 status updates can be ordered. 

const (
	ProjectV2StatusUpdateOrderFieldCreatedAt ProjectV2StatusUpdateOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Allows chronological ordering of project v2 status updates.
)

Properties by which project v2 status updates can be ordered.

type ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus 

type ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus string

ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus represents the possible statuses of a project v2. 

const (
	ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatusInactive ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus = "INACTIVE"  // A project v2 that is inactive.
	ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatusOnTrack  ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus = "ON_TRACK"  // A project v2 that is on track with no risks.
	ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatusAtRisk   ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus = "AT_RISK"   // A project v2 that is at risk and encountering some challenges.
	ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatusOffTrack ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus = "OFF_TRACK" // A project v2 that is off track and needs attention.
	ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatusComplete ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus = "COMPLETE"  // A project v2 that is complete.
)

The possible statuses of a project v2.

type ProjectV2ViewLayout 

type ProjectV2ViewLayout string

ProjectV2ViewLayout represents the layout of a project v2 view. 

const (
	ProjectV2ViewLayoutBoardLayout   ProjectV2ViewLayout = "BOARD_LAYOUT"   // Board layout.
	ProjectV2ViewLayoutTableLayout   ProjectV2ViewLayout = "TABLE_LAYOUT"   // Table layout.
	ProjectV2ViewLayoutRoadmapLayout ProjectV2ViewLayout = "ROADMAP_LAYOUT" // Roadmap layout.
)

The layout of a project v2 view.

type ProjectV2ViewOrder 

type ProjectV2ViewOrder struct {
	// The field to order the project v2 views by. (Required.)
	Field ProjectV2ViewOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ProjectV2ViewOrder represents ordering options for project v2 view connections.

type ProjectV2ViewOrderField 

type ProjectV2ViewOrderField string

ProjectV2ViewOrderField represents properties by which project v2 view connections can be ordered. 

const (
	ProjectV2ViewOrderFieldPosition  ProjectV2ViewOrderField = "POSITION"   // Order project v2 views by position.
	ProjectV2ViewOrderFieldCreatedAt ProjectV2ViewOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order project v2 views by creation time.
	ProjectV2ViewOrderFieldName      ProjectV2ViewOrderField = "NAME"       // Order project v2 views by name.
)

Properties by which project v2 view connections can be ordered.

type ProjectV2WorkflowOrder 

type ProjectV2WorkflowOrder struct {
	// The field to order the project v2 workflows by. (Required.)
	Field ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ProjectV2WorkflowOrder represents ordering options for project v2 workflows connections.

type ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderField 

type ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderField string

ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderField represents properties by which project workflows can be ordered. 

const (
	ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderFieldName      ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderField = "NAME"       // The name of the workflow.
	ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderFieldNumber    ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderField = "NUMBER"     // The number of the workflow.
	ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderFieldUpdatedAt ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // The date and time of the workflow update.
	ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderFieldCreatedAt ProjectV2WorkflowsOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // The date and time of the workflow creation.
)

Properties by which project workflows can be ordered.

type PropertyTargetDefinitionInput 

type PropertyTargetDefinitionInput struct {
	// The name of the property. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`
	// The values to match for. (Required.)
	PropertyValues []String `json:"propertyValues"`

	// The source of the property. Choose 'custom' or 'system'. Defaults to 'custom' if not specified. (Optional.)
	Source *String `json:"source,omitempty"`
}

PropertyTargetDefinitionInput represents a property that must match.

type PublishSponsorsTierInput 

type PublishSponsorsTierInput struct {
	// The ID of the draft tier to publish. (Required.)
	TierID ID `json:"tierId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

PublishSponsorsTierInput is an autogenerated input type of PublishSponsorsTier.

type PullRequestBranchUpdateMethod 

type PullRequestBranchUpdateMethod string

PullRequestBranchUpdateMethod represents the possible methods for updating a pull request's head branch with the base branch. 

const (
	PullRequestBranchUpdateMethodMerge  PullRequestBranchUpdateMethod = "MERGE"  // Update branch via merge.
	PullRequestBranchUpdateMethodRebase PullRequestBranchUpdateMethod = "REBASE" // Update branch via rebase.
)

The possible methods for updating a pull request's head branch with the base branch.

type PullRequestMergeMethod 

type PullRequestMergeMethod string

PullRequestMergeMethod represents represents available types of methods to use when merging a pull request. 

const (
	PullRequestMergeMethodMerge  PullRequestMergeMethod = "MERGE"  // Add all commits from the head branch to the base branch with a merge commit.
	PullRequestMergeMethodSquash PullRequestMergeMethod = "SQUASH" // Combine all commits from the head branch into a single commit in the base branch.
	PullRequestMergeMethodRebase PullRequestMergeMethod = "REBASE" // Add all commits from the head branch onto the base branch individually.
)

Represents available types of methods to use when merging a pull request.

type PullRequestOrder 

type PullRequestOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order pull requests by. (Required.)
	Field PullRequestOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order pull requests by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

PullRequestOrder represents ways in which lists of issues can be ordered upon return.

type PullRequestOrderField 

type PullRequestOrderField string

PullRequestOrderField represents properties by which pull_requests connections can be ordered. 

const (
	PullRequestOrderFieldCreatedAt PullRequestOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order pull_requests by creation time.
	PullRequestOrderFieldUpdatedAt PullRequestOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order pull_requests by update time.
)

Properties by which pull_requests connections can be ordered.

type PullRequestParametersInput 

type PullRequestParametersInput struct {
	// New, reviewable commits pushed will dismiss previous pull request review approvals. (Required.)
	DismissStaleReviewsOnPush Boolean `json:"dismissStaleReviewsOnPush"`
	// Require an approving review in pull requests that modify files that have a designated code owner. (Required.)
	RequireCodeOwnerReview Boolean `json:"requireCodeOwnerReview"`
	// Whether the most recent reviewable push must be approved by someone other than the person who pushed it. (Required.)
	RequireLastPushApproval Boolean `json:"requireLastPushApproval"`
	// The number of approving reviews that are required before a pull request can be merged. (Required.)
	RequiredApprovingReviewCount Int `json:"requiredApprovingReviewCount"`
	// All conversations on code must be resolved before a pull request can be merged. (Required.)
	RequiredReviewThreadResolution Boolean `json:"requiredReviewThreadResolution"`
}

PullRequestParametersInput represents require all commits be made to a non-target branch and submitted via a pull request before they can be merged.

type PullRequestReviewCommentState 

type PullRequestReviewCommentState string

PullRequestReviewCommentState represents the possible states of a pull request review comment. 

const (
	PullRequestReviewCommentStatePending   PullRequestReviewCommentState = "PENDING"   // A comment that is part of a pending review.
	PullRequestReviewCommentStateSubmitted PullRequestReviewCommentState = "SUBMITTED" // A comment that is part of a submitted review.
)

The possible states of a pull request review comment.

type PullRequestReviewDecision 

type PullRequestReviewDecision string

PullRequestReviewDecision represents the review status of a pull request. 

const (
	PullRequestReviewDecisionChangesRequested PullRequestReviewDecision = "CHANGES_REQUESTED" // Changes have been requested on the pull request.
	PullRequestReviewDecisionApproved         PullRequestReviewDecision = "APPROVED"          // The pull request has received an approving review.
	PullRequestReviewDecisionReviewRequired   PullRequestReviewDecision = "REVIEW_REQUIRED"   // A review is required before the pull request can be merged.
)

The review status of a pull request.

type PullRequestReviewEvent 

type PullRequestReviewEvent string

PullRequestReviewEvent represents the possible events to perform on a pull request review. 

const (
	PullRequestReviewEventComment        PullRequestReviewEvent = "COMMENT"         // Submit general feedback without explicit approval.
	PullRequestReviewEventApprove        PullRequestReviewEvent = "APPROVE"         // Submit feedback and approve merging these changes.
	PullRequestReviewEventRequestChanges PullRequestReviewEvent = "REQUEST_CHANGES" // Submit feedback that must be addressed before merging.
	PullRequestReviewEventDismiss        PullRequestReviewEvent = "DISMISS"         // Dismiss review so it now longer effects merging.
)

The possible events to perform on a pull request review.

type PullRequestReviewState 

type PullRequestReviewState string

PullRequestReviewState represents the possible states of a pull request review. 

const (
	PullRequestReviewStatePending          PullRequestReviewState = "PENDING"           // A review that has not yet been submitted.
	PullRequestReviewStateCommented        PullRequestReviewState = "COMMENTED"         // An informational review.
	PullRequestReviewStateApproved         PullRequestReviewState = "APPROVED"          // A review allowing the pull request to merge.
	PullRequestReviewStateChangesRequested PullRequestReviewState = "CHANGES_REQUESTED" // A review blocking the pull request from merging.
	PullRequestReviewStateDismissed        PullRequestReviewState = "DISMISSED"         // A review that has been dismissed.
)

The possible states of a pull request review.

type PullRequestReviewThreadSubjectType 

type PullRequestReviewThreadSubjectType string

PullRequestReviewThreadSubjectType represents the possible subject types of a pull request review comment. 

const (
	PullRequestReviewThreadSubjectTypeLine PullRequestReviewThreadSubjectType = "LINE" // A comment that has been made against the line of a pull request.
	PullRequestReviewThreadSubjectTypeFile PullRequestReviewThreadSubjectType = "FILE" // A comment that has been made against the file of a pull request.
)

The possible subject types of a pull request review comment.

type PullRequestState 

type PullRequestState string

PullRequestState represents the possible states of a pull request. 

const (
	PullRequestStateOpen   PullRequestState = "OPEN"   // A pull request that is still open.
	PullRequestStateClosed PullRequestState = "CLOSED" // A pull request that has been closed without being merged.
	PullRequestStateMerged PullRequestState = "MERGED" // A pull request that has been closed by being merged.
)

The possible states of a pull request.

type PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType 

type PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType string

PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType represents the possible item types found in a timeline. 

const (
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypePullRequestCommit                 PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "PULL_REQUEST_COMMIT"                   // Represents a Git commit part of a pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypePullRequestCommitCommentThread    PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "PULL_REQUEST_COMMIT_COMMENT_THREAD"    // Represents a commit comment thread part of a pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypePullRequestReview                 PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "PULL_REQUEST_REVIEW"                   // A review object for a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypePullRequestReviewThread           PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "PULL_REQUEST_REVIEW_THREAD"            // A threaded list of comments for a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypePullRequestRevisionMarker         PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "PULL_REQUEST_REVISION_MARKER"          // Represents the latest point in the pull request timeline for which the viewer has seen the pull request's commits.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAutomaticBaseChangeFailedEvent    PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "AUTOMATIC_BASE_CHANGE_FAILED_EVENT"    // Represents a 'automatic_base_change_failed' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAutomaticBaseChangeSucceededEvent PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "AUTOMATIC_BASE_CHANGE_SUCCEEDED_EVENT" // Represents a 'automatic_base_change_succeeded' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAutoMergeDisabledEvent            PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "AUTO_MERGE_DISABLED_EVENT"             // Represents a 'auto_merge_disabled' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAutoMergeEnabledEvent             PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "AUTO_MERGE_ENABLED_EVENT"              // Represents a 'auto_merge_enabled' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAutoRebaseEnabledEvent            PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "AUTO_REBASE_ENABLED_EVENT"             // Represents a 'auto_rebase_enabled' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAutoSquashEnabledEvent            PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "AUTO_SQUASH_ENABLED_EVENT"             // Represents a 'auto_squash_enabled' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeBaseRefChangedEvent               PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "BASE_REF_CHANGED_EVENT"                // Represents a 'base_ref_changed' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeBaseRefForcePushedEvent           PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "BASE_REF_FORCE_PUSHED_EVENT"           // Represents a 'base_ref_force_pushed' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeBaseRefDeletedEvent               PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "BASE_REF_DELETED_EVENT"                // Represents a 'base_ref_deleted' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeDeployedEvent                     PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "DEPLOYED_EVENT"                        // Represents a 'deployed' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeDeploymentEnvironmentChangedEvent PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "DEPLOYMENT_ENVIRONMENT_CHANGED_EVENT"  // Represents a 'deployment_environment_changed' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeHeadRefDeletedEvent               PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "HEAD_REF_DELETED_EVENT"                // Represents a 'head_ref_deleted' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeHeadRefForcePushedEvent           PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "HEAD_REF_FORCE_PUSHED_EVENT"           // Represents a 'head_ref_force_pushed' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeHeadRefRestoredEvent              PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "HEAD_REF_RESTORED_EVENT"               // Represents a 'head_ref_restored' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeMergedEvent                       PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "MERGED_EVENT"                          // Represents a 'merged' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeReviewDismissedEvent              PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "REVIEW_DISMISSED_EVENT"                // Represents a 'review_dismissed' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeReviewRequestedEvent              PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "REVIEW_REQUESTED_EVENT"                // Represents an 'review_requested' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeReviewRequestRemovedEvent         PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "REVIEW_REQUEST_REMOVED_EVENT"          // Represents an 'review_request_removed' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeReadyForReviewEvent               PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "READY_FOR_REVIEW_EVENT"                // Represents a 'ready_for_review' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeConvertToDraftEvent               PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "CONVERT_TO_DRAFT_EVENT"                // Represents a 'convert_to_draft' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAddedToMergeQueueEvent            PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "ADDED_TO_MERGE_QUEUE_EVENT"            // Represents an 'added_to_merge_queue' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeRemovedFromMergeQueueEvent        PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "REMOVED_FROM_MERGE_QUEUE_EVENT"        // Represents a 'removed_from_merge_queue' event on a given pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeIssueComment                      PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "ISSUE_COMMENT"                         // Represents a comment on an Issue.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeCrossReferencedEvent              PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "CROSS_REFERENCED_EVENT"                // Represents a mention made by one issue or pull request to another.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAddedToProjectEvent               PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "ADDED_TO_PROJECT_EVENT"                // Represents a 'added_to_project' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeAssignedEvent                     PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "ASSIGNED_EVENT"                        // Represents an 'assigned' event on any assignable object.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeClosedEvent                       PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "CLOSED_EVENT"                          // Represents a 'closed' event on any `Closable`.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeCommentDeletedEvent               PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "COMMENT_DELETED_EVENT"                 // Represents a 'comment_deleted' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeConnectedEvent                    PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "CONNECTED_EVENT"                       // Represents a 'connected' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeConvertedNoteToIssueEvent         PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "CONVERTED_NOTE_TO_ISSUE_EVENT"         // Represents a 'converted_note_to_issue' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeConvertedToDiscussionEvent        PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "CONVERTED_TO_DISCUSSION_EVENT"         // Represents a 'converted_to_discussion' event on a given issue.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeDemilestonedEvent                 PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "DEMILESTONED_EVENT"                    // Represents a 'demilestoned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeDisconnectedEvent                 PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "DISCONNECTED_EVENT"                    // Represents a 'disconnected' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeLabeledEvent                      PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "LABELED_EVENT"                         // Represents a 'labeled' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeLockedEvent                       PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "LOCKED_EVENT"                          // Represents a 'locked' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeMarkedAsDuplicateEvent            PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "MARKED_AS_DUPLICATE_EVENT"             // Represents a 'marked_as_duplicate' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeMentionedEvent                    PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "MENTIONED_EVENT"                       // Represents a 'mentioned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeMilestonedEvent                   PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "MILESTONED_EVENT"                      // Represents a 'milestoned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeMovedColumnsInProjectEvent        PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "MOVED_COLUMNS_IN_PROJECT_EVENT"        // Represents a 'moved_columns_in_project' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypePinnedEvent                       PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "PINNED_EVENT"                          // Represents a 'pinned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeReferencedEvent                   PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "REFERENCED_EVENT"                      // Represents a 'referenced' event on a given `ReferencedSubject`.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeRemovedFromProjectEvent           PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "REMOVED_FROM_PROJECT_EVENT"            // Represents a 'removed_from_project' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeRenamedTitleEvent                 PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "RENAMED_TITLE_EVENT"                   // Represents a 'renamed' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeReopenedEvent                     PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "REOPENED_EVENT"                        // Represents a 'reopened' event on any `Closable`.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeSubscribedEvent                   PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "SUBSCRIBED_EVENT"                      // Represents a 'subscribed' event on a given `Subscribable`.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeTransferredEvent                  PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "TRANSFERRED_EVENT"                     // Represents a 'transferred' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeUnassignedEvent                   PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "UNASSIGNED_EVENT"                      // Represents an 'unassigned' event on any assignable object.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeUnlabeledEvent                    PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "UNLABELED_EVENT"                       // Represents an 'unlabeled' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeUnlockedEvent                     PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "UNLOCKED_EVENT"                        // Represents an 'unlocked' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeUserBlockedEvent                  PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "USER_BLOCKED_EVENT"                    // Represents a 'user_blocked' event on a given user.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeUnmarkedAsDuplicateEvent          PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "UNMARKED_AS_DUPLICATE_EVENT"           // Represents an 'unmarked_as_duplicate' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeUnpinnedEvent                     PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "UNPINNED_EVENT"                        // Represents an 'unpinned' event on a given issue or pull request.
	PullRequestTimelineItemsItemTypeUnsubscribedEvent                 PullRequestTimelineItemsItemType = "UNSUBSCRIBED_EVENT"                    // Represents an 'unsubscribed' event on a given `Subscribable`.
)

The possible item types found in a timeline.

type PullRequestUpdateState 

type PullRequestUpdateState string

PullRequestUpdateState represents the possible target states when updating a pull request. 

const (
	PullRequestUpdateStateOpen   PullRequestUpdateState = "OPEN"   // A pull request that is still open.
	PullRequestUpdateStateClosed PullRequestUpdateState = "CLOSED" // A pull request that has been closed without being merged.
)

The possible target states when updating a pull request.

type ReactionContent 

type ReactionContent string

ReactionContent represents emojis that can be attached to Issues, Pull Requests and Comments. 

const (
	ReactionContentThumbsUp   ReactionContent = "THUMBS_UP"   // Represents the `:+1:` emoji.
	ReactionContentThumbsDown ReactionContent = "THUMBS_DOWN" // Represents the `:-1:` emoji.
	ReactionContentLaugh      ReactionContent = "LAUGH"       // Represents the `:laugh:` emoji.
	ReactionContentHooray     ReactionContent = "HOORAY"      // Represents the `:hooray:` emoji.
	ReactionContentConfused   ReactionContent = "CONFUSED"    // Represents the `:confused:` emoji.
	ReactionContentHeart      ReactionContent = "HEART"       // Represents the `:heart:` emoji.
	ReactionContentRocket     ReactionContent = "ROCKET"      // Represents the `:rocket:` emoji.
	ReactionContentEyes       ReactionContent = "EYES"        // Represents the `:eyes:` emoji.
)

Emojis that can be attached to Issues, Pull Requests and Comments.

type ReactionOrder 

type ReactionOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order reactions by. (Required.)
	Field ReactionOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order reactions by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ReactionOrder represents ways in which lists of reactions can be ordered upon return.

type ReactionOrderField 

type ReactionOrderField string

ReactionOrderField represents a list of fields that reactions can be ordered by. 

const (
	ReactionOrderFieldCreatedAt ReactionOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Allows ordering a list of reactions by when they were created.
)

A list of fields that reactions can be ordered by.

type RefNameConditionTargetInput 

type RefNameConditionTargetInput struct {
	// Array of ref names or patterns to exclude. The condition will not pass if any of these patterns match. (Required.)
	Exclude []String `json:"exclude"`
	// Array of ref names or patterns to include. One of these patterns must match for the condition to pass. Also accepts `~DEFAULT_BRANCH` to include the default branch or `~ALL` to include all branches. (Required.)
	Include []String `json:"include"`
}

RefNameConditionTargetInput represents parameters to be used for the ref_name condition.

type RefOrder 

type RefOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order refs by. (Required.)
	Field RefOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order refs by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

RefOrder represents ways in which lists of git refs can be ordered upon return.

type RefOrderField 

type RefOrderField string

RefOrderField represents properties by which ref connections can be ordered. 

const (
	RefOrderFieldTagCommitDate RefOrderField = "TAG_COMMIT_DATE" // Order refs by underlying commit date if the ref prefix is refs/tags/.
	RefOrderFieldAlphabetical  RefOrderField = "ALPHABETICAL"    // Order refs by their alphanumeric name.
)

Properties by which ref connections can be ordered.

type RefUpdate 

type RefUpdate struct {
	// The fully qualified name of the ref to be update. For example `refs/heads/branch-name`. (Required.)
	Name GitRefname `json:"name"`
	// The value this ref should be updated to. (Required.)
	AfterOid GitObjectID `json:"afterOid"`

	// The value this ref needs to point to before the update. (Optional.)
	BeforeOid *GitObjectID `json:"beforeOid,omitempty"`
	// Force a non fast-forward update. (Optional.)
	Force *Boolean `json:"force,omitempty"`
}

RefUpdate represents a ref update.

type RegenerateEnterpriseIdentityProviderRecoveryCodesInput 

type RegenerateEnterpriseIdentityProviderRecoveryCodesInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set an identity provider. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RegenerateEnterpriseIdentityProviderRecoveryCodesInput is an autogenerated input type of RegenerateEnterpriseIdentityProviderRecoveryCodes.

type RegenerateVerifiableDomainTokenInput 

type RegenerateVerifiableDomainTokenInput struct {
	// The ID of the verifiable domain to regenerate the verification token of. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RegenerateVerifiableDomainTokenInput is an autogenerated input type of RegenerateVerifiableDomainToken.

type RejectDeploymentsInput 

type RejectDeploymentsInput struct {
	// The node ID of the workflow run containing the pending deployments. (Required.)
	WorkflowRunID ID `json:"workflowRunId"`
	// The ids of environments to reject deployments. (Required.)
	EnvironmentIDs []ID `json:"environmentIds"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Optional comment for rejecting deployments. (Optional.)
	Comment *String `json:"comment,omitempty"`
}

RejectDeploymentsInput is an autogenerated input type of RejectDeployments.

type ReleaseOrder 

type ReleaseOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order releases by. (Required.)
	Field ReleaseOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order releases by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

ReleaseOrder represents ways in which lists of releases can be ordered upon return.

type ReleaseOrderField 

type ReleaseOrderField string

ReleaseOrderField represents properties by which release connections can be ordered. 

const (
	ReleaseOrderFieldCreatedAt ReleaseOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order releases by creation time.
	ReleaseOrderFieldName      ReleaseOrderField = "NAME"       // Order releases alphabetically by name.
)

Properties by which release connections can be ordered.

type RemoveAssigneesFromAssignableInput 

type RemoveAssigneesFromAssignableInput struct {
	// The id of the assignable object to remove assignees from. (Required.)
	AssignableID ID `json:"assignableId"`
	// The id of users to remove as assignees. (Required.)
	AssigneeIDs []ID `json:"assigneeIds"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveAssigneesFromAssignableInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveAssigneesFromAssignable.

type RemoveEnterpriseAdminInput 

type RemoveEnterpriseAdminInput struct {
	// The Enterprise ID from which to remove the administrator. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The login of the user to remove as an administrator. (Required.)
	Login String `json:"login"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveEnterpriseAdminInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveEnterpriseAdmin.

type RemoveEnterpriseIdentityProviderInput 

type RemoveEnterpriseIdentityProviderInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise from which to remove the identity provider. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveEnterpriseIdentityProviderInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveEnterpriseIdentityProvider.

type RemoveEnterpriseMemberInput 

type RemoveEnterpriseMemberInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise from which the user should be removed. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The ID of the user to remove from the enterprise. (Required.)
	UserID ID `json:"userId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveEnterpriseMemberInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveEnterpriseMember.

type RemoveEnterpriseOrganizationInput 

type RemoveEnterpriseOrganizationInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise from which the organization should be removed. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The ID of the organization to remove from the enterprise. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveEnterpriseOrganizationInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveEnterpriseOrganization.

type RemoveEnterpriseSupportEntitlementInput 

type RemoveEnterpriseSupportEntitlementInput struct {
	// The ID of the Enterprise which the admin belongs to. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The login of a member who will lose the support entitlement. (Required.)
	Login String `json:"login"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveEnterpriseSupportEntitlementInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveEnterpriseSupportEntitlement.

type RemoveLabelsFromLabelableInput 

type RemoveLabelsFromLabelableInput struct {
	// The id of the Labelable to remove labels from. (Required.)
	LabelableID ID `json:"labelableId"`
	// The ids of labels to remove. (Required.)
	LabelIDs []ID `json:"labelIds"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveLabelsFromLabelableInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveLabelsFromLabelable.

type RemoveOutsideCollaboratorInput 

type RemoveOutsideCollaboratorInput struct {
	// The ID of the outside collaborator to remove. (Required.)
	UserID ID `json:"userId"`
	// The ID of the organization to remove the outside collaborator from. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveOutsideCollaboratorInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveOutsideCollaborator.

type RemoveReactionInput 

type RemoveReactionInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the subject to modify. (Required.)
	SubjectID ID `json:"subjectId"`
	// The name of the emoji reaction to remove. (Required.)
	Content ReactionContent `json:"content"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveReactionInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveReaction.

type RemoveStarInput 

type RemoveStarInput struct {
	// The Starrable ID to unstar. (Required.)
	StarrableID ID `json:"starrableId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveStarInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveStar.

type RemoveUpvoteInput 

type RemoveUpvoteInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion or comment to remove upvote. (Required.)
	SubjectID ID `json:"subjectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RemoveUpvoteInput is an autogenerated input type of RemoveUpvote.

type ReopenDiscussionInput 

type ReopenDiscussionInput struct {
	// ID of the discussion to be reopened. (Required.)
	DiscussionID ID `json:"discussionId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ReopenDiscussionInput is an autogenerated input type of ReopenDiscussion.

type ReopenIssueInput 

type ReopenIssueInput struct {
	// ID of the issue to be opened. (Required.)
	IssueID ID `json:"issueId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ReopenIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of ReopenIssue.

type ReopenPullRequestInput 

type ReopenPullRequestInput struct {
	// ID of the pull request to be reopened. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ReopenPullRequestInput is an autogenerated input type of ReopenPullRequest.

type ReorderEnvironmentInput 

type ReorderEnvironmentInput struct {
	// The ID of the environment to modify. (Required.)
	EnvironmentID ID `json:"environmentId"`
	// The desired position of the environment. (Required.)
	Position Int `json:"position"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ReorderEnvironmentInput is an autogenerated input type of ReorderEnvironment.

type RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibility 

type RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibility string

RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibility represents the privacy of a repository. 

const (
	RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibilityInternal RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibility = "INTERNAL" // The repository is visible only to users in the same business.
	RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibilityPrivate  RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibility = "PRIVATE"  // The repository is visible only to those with explicit access.
	RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibilityPublic   RepoAccessAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC"   // The repository is visible to everyone.
)

The privacy of a repository.

type RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibility 

type RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibility string

RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibility represents the privacy of a repository. 

const (
	RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibilityInternal RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibility = "INTERNAL" // The repository is visible only to users in the same business.
	RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibilityPrivate  RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibility = "PRIVATE"  // The repository is visible only to those with explicit access.
	RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibilityPublic   RepoAddMemberAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC"   // The repository is visible to everyone.
)

The privacy of a repository.

type RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibility 

type RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibility string

RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibility represents the privacy of a repository. 

const (
	RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibilityInternal RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibility = "INTERNAL" // The repository is visible only to users in the same business.
	RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibilityPrivate  RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibility = "PRIVATE"  // The repository is visible only to those with explicit access.
	RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibilityPublic   RepoArchivedAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC"   // The repository is visible to everyone.
)

The privacy of a repository.

type RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeType 

type RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeType string

RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeType represents the merge options available for pull requests to this repository. 

const (
	RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeTypeMerge  RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeType = "MERGE"  // The pull request is added to the base branch in a merge commit.
	RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeTypeRebase RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeType = "REBASE" // Commits from the pull request are added onto the base branch individually without a merge commit.
	RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeTypeSquash RepoChangeMergeSettingAuditEntryMergeType = "SQUASH" // The pull request's commits are squashed into a single commit before they are merged to the base branch.
)

The merge options available for pull requests to this repository.

type RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibility 

type RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibility string

RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibility represents the privacy of a repository. 

const (
	RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibilityInternal RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibility = "INTERNAL" // The repository is visible only to users in the same business.
	RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibilityPrivate  RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibility = "PRIVATE"  // The repository is visible only to those with explicit access.
	RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibilityPublic   RepoCreateAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC"   // The repository is visible to everyone.
)

The privacy of a repository.

type RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibility 

type RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibility string

RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibility represents the privacy of a repository. 

const (
	RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibilityInternal RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibility = "INTERNAL" // The repository is visible only to users in the same business.
	RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibilityPrivate  RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibility = "PRIVATE"  // The repository is visible only to those with explicit access.
	RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibilityPublic   RepoDestroyAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC"   // The repository is visible to everyone.
)

The privacy of a repository.

type RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibility 

type RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibility string

RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibility represents the privacy of a repository. 

const (
	RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibilityInternal RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibility = "INTERNAL" // The repository is visible only to users in the same business.
	RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibilityPrivate  RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibility = "PRIVATE"  // The repository is visible only to those with explicit access.
	RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibilityPublic   RepoRemoveMemberAuditEntryVisibility = "PUBLIC"   // The repository is visible to everyone.
)

The privacy of a repository.

type ReportedContentClassifiers 

type ReportedContentClassifiers string

ReportedContentClassifiers represents the reasons a piece of content can be reported or minimized. 

const (
	ReportedContentClassifiersSpam      ReportedContentClassifiers = "SPAM"      // A spammy piece of content.
	ReportedContentClassifiersAbuse     ReportedContentClassifiers = "ABUSE"     // An abusive or harassing piece of content.
	ReportedContentClassifiersOffTopic  ReportedContentClassifiers = "OFF_TOPIC" // An irrelevant piece of content.
	ReportedContentClassifiersOutdated  ReportedContentClassifiers = "OUTDATED"  // An outdated piece of content.
	ReportedContentClassifiersDuplicate ReportedContentClassifiers = "DUPLICATE" // A duplicated piece of content.
	ReportedContentClassifiersResolved  ReportedContentClassifiers = "RESOLVED"  // The content has been resolved.
)

The reasons a piece of content can be reported or minimized.

type RepositoryAffiliation 

type RepositoryAffiliation string

RepositoryAffiliation represents the affiliation of a user to a repository. 

const (
	RepositoryAffiliationOwner              RepositoryAffiliation = "OWNER"               // Repositories that are owned by the authenticated user.
	RepositoryAffiliationCollaborator       RepositoryAffiliation = "COLLABORATOR"        // Repositories that the user has been added to as a collaborator.
	RepositoryAffiliationOrganizationMember RepositoryAffiliation = "ORGANIZATION_MEMBER" // Repositories that the user has access to through being a member of an organization. This includes every repository on every team that the user is on.
)

The affiliation of a user to a repository.

type RepositoryContributionType 

type RepositoryContributionType string

RepositoryContributionType represents the reason a repository is listed as 'contributed'. 

const (
	RepositoryContributionTypeCommit            RepositoryContributionType = "COMMIT"              // Created a commit.
	RepositoryContributionTypeIssue             RepositoryContributionType = "ISSUE"               // Created an issue.
	RepositoryContributionTypePullRequest       RepositoryContributionType = "PULL_REQUEST"        // Created a pull request.
	RepositoryContributionTypeRepository        RepositoryContributionType = "REPOSITORY"          // Created the repository.
	RepositoryContributionTypePullRequestReview RepositoryContributionType = "PULL_REQUEST_REVIEW" // Reviewed a pull request.
)

The reason a repository is listed as 'contributed'.

type RepositoryIdConditionTargetInput 

type RepositoryIdConditionTargetInput struct {
	// One of these repo IDs must match the repo. (Required.)
	RepositoryIDs []ID `json:"repositoryIds"`
}

RepositoryIdConditionTargetInput represents parameters to be used for the repository_id condition.

type RepositoryInteractionLimit 

type RepositoryInteractionLimit string

RepositoryInteractionLimit represents a repository interaction limit. 

const (
	RepositoryInteractionLimitExistingUsers     RepositoryInteractionLimit = "EXISTING_USERS"     // Users that have recently created their account will be unable to interact with the repository.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitContributorsOnly  RepositoryInteractionLimit = "CONTRIBUTORS_ONLY"  // Users that have not previously committed to a repository’s default branch will be unable to interact with the repository.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitCollaboratorsOnly RepositoryInteractionLimit = "COLLABORATORS_ONLY" // Users that are not collaborators will not be able to interact with the repository.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitNoLimit           RepositoryInteractionLimit = "NO_LIMIT"           // No interaction limits are enabled.
)

A repository interaction limit.

type RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry 

type RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry string

RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry represents the length for a repository interaction limit to be enabled for. 

const (
	RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiryOneDay    RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry = "ONE_DAY"    // The interaction limit will expire after 1 day.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiryThreeDays RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry = "THREE_DAYS" // The interaction limit will expire after 3 days.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiryOneWeek   RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry = "ONE_WEEK"   // The interaction limit will expire after 1 week.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiryOneMonth  RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry = "ONE_MONTH"  // The interaction limit will expire after 1 month.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitExpirySixMonths RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry = "SIX_MONTHS" // The interaction limit will expire after 6 months.
)

The length for a repository interaction limit to be enabled for.

type RepositoryInteractionLimitOrigin 

type RepositoryInteractionLimitOrigin string

RepositoryInteractionLimitOrigin represents indicates where an interaction limit is configured. 

const (
	RepositoryInteractionLimitOriginRepository   RepositoryInteractionLimitOrigin = "REPOSITORY"   // A limit that is configured at the repository level.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitOriginOrganization RepositoryInteractionLimitOrigin = "ORGANIZATION" // A limit that is configured at the organization level.
	RepositoryInteractionLimitOriginUser         RepositoryInteractionLimitOrigin = "USER"         // A limit that is configured at the user-wide level.
)

Indicates where an interaction limit is configured.

type RepositoryInvitationOrder 

type RepositoryInvitationOrder struct {
	// The field to order repository invitations by. (Required.)
	Field RepositoryInvitationOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

RepositoryInvitationOrder represents ordering options for repository invitation connections.

type RepositoryInvitationOrderField 

type RepositoryInvitationOrderField string

RepositoryInvitationOrderField represents properties by which repository invitation connections can be ordered. 

const (
	RepositoryInvitationOrderFieldCreatedAt RepositoryInvitationOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order repository invitations by creation time.
)

Properties by which repository invitation connections can be ordered.

type RepositoryLockReason 

type RepositoryLockReason string

RepositoryLockReason represents the possible reasons a given repository could be in a locked state. 

const (
	RepositoryLockReasonMoving                RepositoryLockReason = "MOVING"                 // The repository is locked due to a move.
	RepositoryLockReasonBilling               RepositoryLockReason = "BILLING"                // The repository is locked due to a billing related reason.
	RepositoryLockReasonRename                RepositoryLockReason = "RENAME"                 // The repository is locked due to a rename.
	RepositoryLockReasonMigrating             RepositoryLockReason = "MIGRATING"              // The repository is locked due to a migration.
	RepositoryLockReasonTradeRestriction      RepositoryLockReason = "TRADE_RESTRICTION"      // The repository is locked due to a trade controls related reason.
	RepositoryLockReasonTransferringOwnership RepositoryLockReason = "TRANSFERRING_OWNERSHIP" // The repository is locked due to an ownership transfer.
)

The possible reasons a given repository could be in a locked state.

type RepositoryMigrationOrder 

type RepositoryMigrationOrder struct {
	// The field to order repository migrations by. (Required.)
	Field RepositoryMigrationOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction RepositoryMigrationOrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

RepositoryMigrationOrder represents ordering options for repository migrations.

type RepositoryMigrationOrderDirection 

type RepositoryMigrationOrderDirection string

RepositoryMigrationOrderDirection represents possible directions in which to order a list of repository migrations when provided an `orderBy` argument. 

const (
	RepositoryMigrationOrderDirectionAsc  RepositoryMigrationOrderDirection = "ASC"  // Specifies an ascending order for a given `orderBy` argument.
	RepositoryMigrationOrderDirectionDesc RepositoryMigrationOrderDirection = "DESC" // Specifies a descending order for a given `orderBy` argument.
)

Possible directions in which to order a list of repository migrations when provided an `orderBy` argument.

type RepositoryMigrationOrderField 

type RepositoryMigrationOrderField string

RepositoryMigrationOrderField represents properties by which repository migrations can be ordered. 

const (
	RepositoryMigrationOrderFieldCreatedAt RepositoryMigrationOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order mannequins why when they were created.
)

Properties by which repository migrations can be ordered.

type RepositoryNameConditionTargetInput 

type RepositoryNameConditionTargetInput struct {
	// Array of repository names or patterns to exclude. The condition will not pass if any of these patterns match. (Required.)
	Exclude []String `json:"exclude"`
	// Array of repository names or patterns to include. One of these patterns must match for the condition to pass. Also accepts `~ALL` to include all repositories. (Required.)
	Include []String `json:"include"`

	// Target changes that match these patterns will be prevented except by those with bypass permissions. (Optional.)
	Protected *Boolean `json:"protected,omitempty"`
}

RepositoryNameConditionTargetInput represents parameters to be used for the repository_name condition.

type RepositoryOrder 

type RepositoryOrder struct {
	// The field to order repositories by. (Required.)
	Field RepositoryOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

RepositoryOrder represents ordering options for repository connections.

type RepositoryOrderField 

type RepositoryOrderField string

RepositoryOrderField represents properties by which repository connections can be ordered. 

const (
	RepositoryOrderFieldCreatedAt  RepositoryOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order repositories by creation time.
	RepositoryOrderFieldUpdatedAt  RepositoryOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order repositories by update time.
	RepositoryOrderFieldPushedAt   RepositoryOrderField = "PUSHED_AT"  // Order repositories by push time.
	RepositoryOrderFieldName       RepositoryOrderField = "NAME"       // Order repositories by name.
	RepositoryOrderFieldStargazers RepositoryOrderField = "STARGAZERS" // Order repositories by number of stargazers.
)

Properties by which repository connections can be ordered.

type RepositoryPermission 

type RepositoryPermission string

RepositoryPermission represents the access level to a repository. 

const (
	RepositoryPermissionAdmin    RepositoryPermission = "ADMIN"    // Can read, clone, and push to this repository. Can also manage issues, pull requests, and repository settings, including adding collaborators.
	RepositoryPermissionMaintain RepositoryPermission = "MAINTAIN" // Can read, clone, and push to this repository. They can also manage issues, pull requests, and some repository settings.
	RepositoryPermissionWrite    RepositoryPermission = "WRITE"    // Can read, clone, and push to this repository. Can also manage issues and pull requests.
	RepositoryPermissionTriage   RepositoryPermission = "TRIAGE"   // Can read and clone this repository. Can also manage issues and pull requests.
	RepositoryPermissionRead     RepositoryPermission = "READ"     // Can read and clone this repository. Can also open and comment on issues and pull requests.
)

The access level to a repository.

type RepositoryPrivacy 

type RepositoryPrivacy string

RepositoryPrivacy represents the privacy of a repository. 

const (
	RepositoryPrivacyPublic  RepositoryPrivacy = "PUBLIC"  // Public.
	RepositoryPrivacyPrivate RepositoryPrivacy = "PRIVATE" // Private.
)

The privacy of a repository.

type RepositoryPropertyConditionTargetInput 

type RepositoryPropertyConditionTargetInput struct {
	// Array of repository properties that must not match. (Required.)
	Exclude []PropertyTargetDefinitionInput `json:"exclude"`
	// Array of repository properties that must match. (Required.)
	Include []PropertyTargetDefinitionInput `json:"include"`
}

RepositoryPropertyConditionTargetInput represents parameters to be used for the repository_property condition.

type RepositoryRuleConditionsInput 

type RepositoryRuleConditionsInput struct {

	// Configuration for the ref_name condition. (Optional.)
	RefName *RefNameConditionTargetInput `json:"refName,omitempty"`
	// Configuration for the repository_name condition. (Optional.)
	RepositoryName *RepositoryNameConditionTargetInput `json:"repositoryName,omitempty"`
	// Configuration for the repository_id condition. (Optional.)
	RepositoryID *RepositoryIdConditionTargetInput `json:"repositoryId,omitempty"`
	// Configuration for the repository_property condition. (Optional.)
	RepositoryProperty *RepositoryPropertyConditionTargetInput `json:"repositoryProperty,omitempty"`
}

RepositoryRuleConditionsInput specifies the conditions required for a ruleset to evaluate.

type RepositoryRuleInput 

type RepositoryRuleInput struct {
	// The type of rule to create. (Required.)
	Type RepositoryRuleType `json:"type"`

	// Optional ID of this rule when updating. (Optional.)
	ID *ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// The parameters for the rule. (Optional.)
	Parameters *RuleParametersInput `json:"parameters,omitempty"`
}

RepositoryRuleInput specifies the attributes for a new or updated rule.

type RepositoryRuleOrder 

type RepositoryRuleOrder struct {
	// The field to order repository rules by. (Required.)
	Field RepositoryRuleOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

RepositoryRuleOrder represents ordering options for repository rules.

type RepositoryRuleOrderField 

type RepositoryRuleOrderField string

RepositoryRuleOrderField represents properties by which repository rule connections can be ordered. 

const (
	RepositoryRuleOrderFieldUpdatedAt RepositoryRuleOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order repository rules by updated time.
	RepositoryRuleOrderFieldCreatedAt RepositoryRuleOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order repository rules by created time.
	RepositoryRuleOrderFieldType      RepositoryRuleOrderField = "TYPE"       // Order repository rules by type.
)

Properties by which repository rule connections can be ordered.

type RepositoryRuleType 

type RepositoryRuleType string

RepositoryRuleType represents the rule types supported in rulesets. 

const (
	RepositoryRuleTypeCreation                       RepositoryRuleType = "CREATION"                          // Only allow users with bypass permission to create matching refs.
	RepositoryRuleTypeUpdate                         RepositoryRuleType = "UPDATE"                            // Only allow users with bypass permission to update matching refs.
	RepositoryRuleTypeDeletion                       RepositoryRuleType = "DELETION"                          // Only allow users with bypass permissions to delete matching refs.
	RepositoryRuleTypeRequiredLinearHistory          RepositoryRuleType = "REQUIRED_LINEAR_HISTORY"           // Prevent merge commits from being pushed to matching refs.
	RepositoryRuleTypeMergeQueue                     RepositoryRuleType = "MERGE_QUEUE"                       // Merges must be performed via a merge queue.
	RepositoryRuleTypeRequiredReviewThreadResolution RepositoryRuleType = "REQUIRED_REVIEW_THREAD_RESOLUTION" // When enabled, all conversations on code must be resolved before a pull request can be merged into a branch that matches this rule.
	RepositoryRuleTypeRequiredDeployments            RepositoryRuleType = "REQUIRED_DEPLOYMENTS"              // Choose which environments must be successfully deployed to before refs can be pushed into a ref that matches this rule.
	RepositoryRuleTypeRequiredSignatures             RepositoryRuleType = "REQUIRED_SIGNATURES"               // Commits pushed to matching refs must have verified signatures.
	RepositoryRuleTypePullRequest                    RepositoryRuleType = "PULL_REQUEST"                      // Require all commits be made to a non-target branch and submitted via a pull request before they can be merged.
	RepositoryRuleTypeRequiredStatusChecks           RepositoryRuleType = "REQUIRED_STATUS_CHECKS"            // Choose which status checks must pass before the ref is updated. When enabled, commits must first be pushed to another ref where the checks pass.
	RepositoryRuleTypeRequiredWorkflowStatusChecks   RepositoryRuleType = "REQUIRED_WORKFLOW_STATUS_CHECKS"   // Require all commits be made to a non-target branch and submitted via a pull request and required workflow checks to pass before they can be merged.
	RepositoryRuleTypeNonFastForward                 RepositoryRuleType = "NON_FAST_FORWARD"                  // Prevent users with push access from force pushing to refs.
	RepositoryRuleTypeAuthorization                  RepositoryRuleType = "AUTHORIZATION"                     // Authorization.
	RepositoryRuleTypeTag                            RepositoryRuleType = "TAG"                               // Tag.
	RepositoryRuleTypeMergeQueueLockedRef            RepositoryRuleType = "MERGE_QUEUE_LOCKED_REF"            // Merge queue locked ref.
	RepositoryRuleTypeLockBranch                     RepositoryRuleType = "LOCK_BRANCH"                       // Branch is read-only. Users cannot push to the branch.
	RepositoryRuleTypeMaxRefUpdates                  RepositoryRuleType = "MAX_REF_UPDATES"                   // Max ref updates.
	RepositoryRuleTypeCommitMessagePattern           RepositoryRuleType = "COMMIT_MESSAGE_PATTERN"            // Commit message pattern.
	RepositoryRuleTypeCommitAuthorEmailPattern       RepositoryRuleType = "COMMIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL_PATTERN"       // Commit author email pattern.
	RepositoryRuleTypeCommitterEmailPattern          RepositoryRuleType = "COMMITTER_EMAIL_PATTERN"           // Committer email pattern.
	RepositoryRuleTypeBranchNamePattern              RepositoryRuleType = "BRANCH_NAME_PATTERN"               // Branch name pattern.
	RepositoryRuleTypeTagNamePattern                 RepositoryRuleType = "TAG_NAME_PATTERN"                  // Tag name pattern.
	RepositoryRuleTypeFilePathRestriction            RepositoryRuleType = "FILE_PATH_RESTRICTION"             // Prevent commits that include changes in specified file paths from being pushed to the commit graph. NOTE: This rule is in beta and subject to change.
	RepositoryRuleTypeMaxFilePathLength              RepositoryRuleType = "MAX_FILE_PATH_LENGTH"              // Prevent commits that include file paths that exceed a specified character limit from being pushed to the commit graph. NOTE: This rule is in beta and subject to change.
	RepositoryRuleTypeFileExtensionRestriction       RepositoryRuleType = "FILE_EXTENSION_RESTRICTION"        // Prevent commits that include files with specified file extensions from being pushed to the commit graph. NOTE: This rule is in beta and subject to change.
	RepositoryRuleTypeMaxFileSize                    RepositoryRuleType = "MAX_FILE_SIZE"                     // Prevent commits that exceed a specified file size limit from being pushed to the commit. NOTE: This rule is in beta and subject to change.
	RepositoryRuleTypeWorkflows                      RepositoryRuleType = "WORKFLOWS"                         // Require all changes made to a targeted branch to pass the specified workflows before they can be merged.
	RepositoryRuleTypeSecretScanning                 RepositoryRuleType = "SECRET_SCANNING"                   // Secret scanning.
	RepositoryRuleTypeWorkflowUpdates                RepositoryRuleType = "WORKFLOW_UPDATES"                  // Workflow files cannot be modified.
	RepositoryRuleTypeCodeScanning                   RepositoryRuleType = "CODE_SCANNING"                     // Choose which tools must provide code scanning results before the reference is updated. When configured, code scanning must be enabled and have results for both the commit and the reference being updated.
)

The rule types supported in rulesets.

type RepositoryRulesetBypassActorBypassMode 

type RepositoryRulesetBypassActorBypassMode string

RepositoryRulesetBypassActorBypassMode represents the bypass mode for a specific actor on a ruleset. 

const (
	RepositoryRulesetBypassActorBypassModeAlways      RepositoryRulesetBypassActorBypassMode = "ALWAYS"       // The actor can always bypass rules.
	RepositoryRulesetBypassActorBypassModePullRequest RepositoryRulesetBypassActorBypassMode = "PULL_REQUEST" // The actor can only bypass rules via a pull request.
)

The bypass mode for a specific actor on a ruleset.

type RepositoryRulesetBypassActorInput 

type RepositoryRulesetBypassActorInput struct {
	// The bypass mode for this actor. (Required.)
	BypassMode RepositoryRulesetBypassActorBypassMode `json:"bypassMode"`

	// For Team and Integration bypasses, the Team or Integration ID. (Optional.)
	ActorID *ID `json:"actorId,omitempty"`
	// For role bypasses, the role database ID. (Optional.)
	RepositoryRoleDatabaseID *Int `json:"repositoryRoleDatabaseId,omitempty"`
	// For organization owner bypasses, true. (Optional.)
	OrganizationAdmin *Boolean `json:"organizationAdmin,omitempty"`
	// For deploy key bypasses, true. Can only use ALWAYS as the bypass mode. (Optional.)
	DeployKey *Boolean `json:"deployKey,omitempty"`
}

RepositoryRulesetBypassActorInput specifies the attributes for a new or updated ruleset bypass actor. Only one of `actor_id`, `repository_role_database_id`, `organization_admin`, or `deploy_key` should be specified.

type RepositoryRulesetTarget 

type RepositoryRulesetTarget string

RepositoryRulesetTarget represents the targets supported for rulesets. NOTE: The push target is in beta and subject to change. 

const (
	RepositoryRulesetTargetBranch RepositoryRulesetTarget = "BRANCH" // Branch.
	RepositoryRulesetTargetTag    RepositoryRulesetTarget = "TAG"    // Tag.
	RepositoryRulesetTargetPush   RepositoryRulesetTarget = "PUSH"   // Push.
)

The targets supported for rulesets. NOTE: The push target is in beta and subject to change.

type RepositoryVisibility 

type RepositoryVisibility string

RepositoryVisibility represents the repository's visibility level. 

const (
	RepositoryVisibilityPrivate  RepositoryVisibility = "PRIVATE"  // The repository is visible only to those with explicit access.
	RepositoryVisibilityPublic   RepositoryVisibility = "PUBLIC"   // The repository is visible to everyone.
	RepositoryVisibilityInternal RepositoryVisibility = "INTERNAL" // The repository is visible only to users in the same business.
)

The repository's visibility level.

type RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertDependencyScope 

type RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertDependencyScope string

RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertDependencyScope represents the possible scopes of an alert's dependency. 

const (
	RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertDependencyScopeRuntime     RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertDependencyScope = "RUNTIME"     // A dependency that is leveraged during application runtime.
	RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertDependencyScopeDevelopment RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertDependencyScope = "DEVELOPMENT" // A dependency that is only used in development.
)

The possible scopes of an alert's dependency.

type RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertState 

type RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertState string

RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertState represents the possible states of an alert. 

const (
	RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertStateOpen          RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertState = "OPEN"           // An alert that is still open.
	RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertStateFixed         RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertState = "FIXED"          // An alert that has been resolved by a code change.
	RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertStateDismissed     RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertState = "DISMISSED"      // An alert that has been manually closed by a user.
	RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertStateAutoDismissed RepositoryVulnerabilityAlertState = "AUTO_DISMISSED" // An alert that has been automatically closed by Dependabot.
)

The possible states of an alert.

type RequestReviewsInput 

type RequestReviewsInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request to modify. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The Node IDs of the user to request. (Optional.)
	UserIDs *[]ID `json:"userIds,omitempty"`
	// The Node IDs of the team to request. (Optional.)
	TeamIDs *[]ID `json:"teamIds,omitempty"`
	// Add users to the set rather than replace. (Optional.)
	Union *Boolean `json:"union,omitempty"`
}

RequestReviewsInput is an autogenerated input type of RequestReviews.

type RequestableCheckStatusState 

type RequestableCheckStatusState string

RequestableCheckStatusState represents the possible states that can be requested when creating a check run. 

const (
	RequestableCheckStatusStateQueued     RequestableCheckStatusState = "QUEUED"      // The check suite or run has been queued.
	RequestableCheckStatusStateInProgress RequestableCheckStatusState = "IN_PROGRESS" // The check suite or run is in progress.
	RequestableCheckStatusStateCompleted  RequestableCheckStatusState = "COMPLETED"   // The check suite or run has been completed.
	RequestableCheckStatusStateWaiting    RequestableCheckStatusState = "WAITING"     // The check suite or run is in waiting state.
	RequestableCheckStatusStatePending    RequestableCheckStatusState = "PENDING"     // The check suite or run is in pending state.
)

The possible states that can be requested when creating a check run.

type RequiredDeploymentsParametersInput 

type RequiredDeploymentsParametersInput struct {
	// The environments that must be successfully deployed to before branches can be merged. (Required.)
	RequiredDeploymentEnvironments []String `json:"requiredDeploymentEnvironments"`
}

RequiredDeploymentsParametersInput represents choose which environments must be successfully deployed to before refs can be pushed into a ref that matches this rule.

type RequiredStatusCheckInput 

type RequiredStatusCheckInput struct {
	// Status check context that must pass for commits to be accepted to the matching branch. (Required.)
	Context String `json:"context"`

	// The ID of the App that must set the status in order for it to be accepted. Omit this value to use whichever app has recently been setting this status, or use "any" to allow any app to set the status. (Optional.)
	AppID *ID `json:"appId,omitempty"`
}

RequiredStatusCheckInput specifies the attributes for a new or updated required status check.

type RequiredStatusChecksParametersInput 

type RequiredStatusChecksParametersInput struct {
	// Status checks that are required. (Required.)
	RequiredStatusChecks []StatusCheckConfigurationInput `json:"requiredStatusChecks"`
	// Whether pull requests targeting a matching branch must be tested with the latest code. This setting will not take effect unless at least one status check is enabled. (Required.)
	StrictRequiredStatusChecksPolicy Boolean `json:"strictRequiredStatusChecksPolicy"`

	// Allow repositories and branches to be created if a check would otherwise prohibit it. (Optional.)
	DoNotEnforceOnCreate *Boolean `json:"doNotEnforceOnCreate,omitempty"`
}

RequiredStatusChecksParametersInput represents choose which status checks must pass before the ref is updated. When enabled, commits must first be pushed to another ref where the checks pass.

type RerequestCheckSuiteInput 

type RerequestCheckSuiteInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The Node ID of the check suite. (Required.)
	CheckSuiteID ID `json:"checkSuiteId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RerequestCheckSuiteInput is an autogenerated input type of RerequestCheckSuite.

type ResolveReviewThreadInput 

type ResolveReviewThreadInput struct {
	// The ID of the thread to resolve. (Required.)
	ThreadID ID `json:"threadId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

ResolveReviewThreadInput is an autogenerated input type of ResolveReviewThread.

type RetireSponsorsTierInput 

type RetireSponsorsTierInput struct {
	// The ID of the published tier to retire. (Required.)
	TierID ID `json:"tierId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RetireSponsorsTierInput is an autogenerated input type of RetireSponsorsTier.

type RevertPullRequestInput 

type RevertPullRequestInput struct {
	// The ID of the pull request to revert. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The title of the revert pull request. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// The description of the revert pull request. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// Indicates whether the revert pull request should be a draft. (Optional.)
	Draft *Boolean `json:"draft,omitempty"`
}

RevertPullRequestInput is an autogenerated input type of RevertPullRequest.

type RevokeEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRoleInput 

type RevokeEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRoleInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise to which all organizations managed by it will be granted the migrator role. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The login of the user to revoke the migrator role. (Required.)
	Login String `json:"login"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RevokeEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRoleInput is an autogenerated input type of RevokeEnterpriseOrganizationsMigratorRole.

type RevokeMigratorRoleInput 

type RevokeMigratorRoleInput struct {
	// The ID of the organization that the user/team belongs to. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`
	// The user login or Team slug to revoke the migrator role from. (Required.)
	Actor String `json:"actor"`
	// Specifies the type of the actor, can be either USER or TEAM. (Required.)
	ActorType ActorType `json:"actorType"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

RevokeMigratorRoleInput is an autogenerated input type of RevokeMigratorRole.

type RoleInOrganization 

type RoleInOrganization string

RoleInOrganization represents possible roles a user may have in relation to an organization. 

const (
	RoleInOrganizationOwner        RoleInOrganization = "OWNER"         // A user with full administrative access to the organization.
	RoleInOrganizationDirectMember RoleInOrganization = "DIRECT_MEMBER" // A user who is a direct member of the organization.
	RoleInOrganizationUnaffiliated RoleInOrganization = "UNAFFILIATED"  // A user who is unaffiliated with the organization.
)

Possible roles a user may have in relation to an organization.

type RuleEnforcement 

type RuleEnforcement string

RuleEnforcement represents the level of enforcement for a rule or ruleset. 

const (
	RuleEnforcementDisabled RuleEnforcement = "DISABLED" // Do not evaluate or enforce rules.
	RuleEnforcementActive   RuleEnforcement = "ACTIVE"   // Rules will be enforced.
	RuleEnforcementEvaluate RuleEnforcement = "EVALUATE" // Allow admins to test rules before enforcing them. Admins can view insights on the Rule Insights page (`evaluate` is only available with GitHub Enterprise).
)

The level of enforcement for a rule or ruleset.

type RuleParametersInput 

type RuleParametersInput struct {

	// Parameters used for the `update` rule type. (Optional.)
	Update *UpdateParametersInput `json:"update,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `merge_queue` rule type. (Optional.)
	MergeQueue *MergeQueueParametersInput `json:"mergeQueue,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `required_deployments` rule type. (Optional.)
	RequiredDeployments *RequiredDeploymentsParametersInput `json:"requiredDeployments,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `pull_request` rule type. (Optional.)
	PullRequest *PullRequestParametersInput `json:"pullRequest,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `required_status_checks` rule type. (Optional.)
	RequiredStatusChecks *RequiredStatusChecksParametersInput `json:"requiredStatusChecks,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `commit_message_pattern` rule type. (Optional.)
	CommitMessagePattern *CommitMessagePatternParametersInput `json:"commitMessagePattern,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `commit_author_email_pattern` rule type. (Optional.)
	CommitAuthorEmailPattern *CommitAuthorEmailPatternParametersInput `json:"commitAuthorEmailPattern,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `committer_email_pattern` rule type. (Optional.)
	CommitterEmailPattern *CommitterEmailPatternParametersInput `json:"committerEmailPattern,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `branch_name_pattern` rule type. (Optional.)
	BranchNamePattern *BranchNamePatternParametersInput `json:"branchNamePattern,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `tag_name_pattern` rule type. (Optional.)
	TagNamePattern *TagNamePatternParametersInput `json:"tagNamePattern,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `file_path_restriction` rule type. (Optional.)
	FilePathRestriction *FilePathRestrictionParametersInput `json:"filePathRestriction,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `max_file_path_length` rule type. (Optional.)
	MaxFilePathLength *MaxFilePathLengthParametersInput `json:"maxFilePathLength,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `file_extension_restriction` rule type. (Optional.)
	FileExtensionRestriction *FileExtensionRestrictionParametersInput `json:"fileExtensionRestriction,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `max_file_size` rule type. (Optional.)
	MaxFileSize *MaxFileSizeParametersInput `json:"maxFileSize,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `workflows` rule type. (Optional.)
	Workflows *WorkflowsParametersInput `json:"workflows,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used for the `code_scanning` rule type. (Optional.)
	CodeScanning *CodeScanningParametersInput `json:"codeScanning,omitempty"`
}

RuleParametersInput specifies the parameters for a `RepositoryRule` object. Only one of the fields should be specified.

type SamlDigestAlgorithm 

type SamlDigestAlgorithm string

SamlDigestAlgorithm represents the possible digest algorithms used to sign SAML requests for an identity provider. 

const (
	SamlDigestAlgorithmSha1   SamlDigestAlgorithm = "SHA1"   // SHA1.
	SamlDigestAlgorithmSha256 SamlDigestAlgorithm = "SHA256" // SHA256.
	SamlDigestAlgorithmSha384 SamlDigestAlgorithm = "SHA384" // SHA384.
	SamlDigestAlgorithmSha512 SamlDigestAlgorithm = "SHA512" // SHA512.
)

The possible digest algorithms used to sign SAML requests for an identity provider.

type SamlSignatureAlgorithm 

type SamlSignatureAlgorithm string

SamlSignatureAlgorithm represents the possible signature algorithms used to sign SAML requests for a Identity Provider. 

const (
	SamlSignatureAlgorithmRsaSha1   SamlSignatureAlgorithm = "RSA_SHA1"   // RSA-SHA1.
	SamlSignatureAlgorithmRsaSha256 SamlSignatureAlgorithm = "RSA_SHA256" // RSA-SHA256.
	SamlSignatureAlgorithmRsaSha384 SamlSignatureAlgorithm = "RSA_SHA384" // RSA-SHA384.
	SamlSignatureAlgorithmRsaSha512 SamlSignatureAlgorithm = "RSA_SHA512" // RSA-SHA512.
)

The possible signature algorithms used to sign SAML requests for a Identity Provider.

type SavedReplyOrder 

type SavedReplyOrder struct {
	// The field to order saved replies by. (Required.)
	Field SavedReplyOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SavedReplyOrder represents ordering options for saved reply connections.

type SavedReplyOrderField 

type SavedReplyOrderField string

SavedReplyOrderField represents properties by which saved reply connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SavedReplyOrderFieldUpdatedAt SavedReplyOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order saved reply by when they were updated.
)

Properties by which saved reply connections can be ordered.

type SearchType 

type SearchType string

SearchType represents represents the individual results of a search. 

const (
	SearchTypeIssue      SearchType = "ISSUE"      // Returns results matching issues in repositories.
	SearchTypeRepository SearchType = "REPOSITORY" // Returns results matching repositories.
	SearchTypeUser       SearchType = "USER"       // Returns results matching users and organizations on GitHub.
	SearchTypeDiscussion SearchType = "DISCUSSION" // Returns matching discussions in repositories.
)

Represents the individual results of a search.

type SecurityAdvisoryClassification 

type SecurityAdvisoryClassification string

SecurityAdvisoryClassification represents classification of the advisory. 

const (
	SecurityAdvisoryClassificationGeneral SecurityAdvisoryClassification = "GENERAL" // Classification of general advisories.
	SecurityAdvisoryClassificationMalware SecurityAdvisoryClassification = "MALWARE" // Classification of malware advisories.
)

Classification of the advisory.

type SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem 

type SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem string

SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem represents the possible ecosystems of a security vulnerability's package. 

const (
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemComposer SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "COMPOSER" // PHP packages hosted at packagist.org.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemErlang   SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "ERLANG"   // Erlang/Elixir packages hosted at hex.pm.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemActions  SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "ACTIONS"  // GitHub Actions.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemGo       SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "GO"       // Go modules.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemMaven    SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "MAVEN"    // Java artifacts hosted at the Maven central repository.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemNpm      SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "NPM"      // JavaScript packages hosted at npmjs.com.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemNuget    SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "NUGET"    // .NET packages hosted at the NuGet Gallery.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemPip      SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "PIP"      // Python packages hosted at PyPI.org.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemPub      SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "PUB"      // Dart packages hosted at pub.dev.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemRubygems SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "RUBYGEMS" // Ruby gems hosted at RubyGems.org.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemRust     SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "RUST"     // Rust crates.
	SecurityAdvisoryEcosystemSwift    SecurityAdvisoryEcosystem = "SWIFT"    // Swift packages.
)

The possible ecosystems of a security vulnerability's package.

type SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierFilter 

type SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierFilter struct {
	// The identifier type. (Required.)
	Type SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierType `json:"type"`
	// The identifier string. Supports exact or partial matching. (Required.)
	Value String `json:"value"`
}

SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierFilter represents an advisory identifier to filter results on.

type SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierType 

type SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierType string

SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierType represents identifier formats available for advisories. 

const (
	SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierTypeCve  SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierType = "CVE"  // Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures Identifier.
	SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierTypeGhsa SecurityAdvisoryIdentifierType = "GHSA" // GitHub Security Advisory ID.
)

Identifier formats available for advisories.

type SecurityAdvisoryOrder 

type SecurityAdvisoryOrder struct {
	// The field to order security advisories by. (Required.)
	Field SecurityAdvisoryOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SecurityAdvisoryOrder represents ordering options for security advisory connections.

type SecurityAdvisoryOrderField 

type SecurityAdvisoryOrderField string

SecurityAdvisoryOrderField represents properties by which security advisory connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SecurityAdvisoryOrderFieldPublishedAt SecurityAdvisoryOrderField = "PUBLISHED_AT" // Order advisories by publication time.
	SecurityAdvisoryOrderFieldUpdatedAt   SecurityAdvisoryOrderField = "UPDATED_AT"   // Order advisories by update time.
)

Properties by which security advisory connections can be ordered.

type SecurityAdvisorySeverity 

type SecurityAdvisorySeverity string

SecurityAdvisorySeverity represents severity of the vulnerability. 

const (
	SecurityAdvisorySeverityLow      SecurityAdvisorySeverity = "LOW"      // Low.
	SecurityAdvisorySeverityModerate SecurityAdvisorySeverity = "MODERATE" // Moderate.
	SecurityAdvisorySeverityHigh     SecurityAdvisorySeverity = "HIGH"     // High.
	SecurityAdvisorySeverityCritical SecurityAdvisorySeverity = "CRITICAL" // Critical.
)

Severity of the vulnerability.

type SecurityVulnerabilityOrder 

type SecurityVulnerabilityOrder struct {
	// The field to order security vulnerabilities by. (Required.)
	Field SecurityVulnerabilityOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SecurityVulnerabilityOrder represents ordering options for security vulnerability connections.

type SecurityVulnerabilityOrderField 

type SecurityVulnerabilityOrderField string

SecurityVulnerabilityOrderField represents properties by which security vulnerability connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SecurityVulnerabilityOrderFieldUpdatedAt SecurityVulnerabilityOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order vulnerability by update time.
)

Properties by which security vulnerability connections can be ordered.

type SetEnterpriseIdentityProviderInput 

type SetEnterpriseIdentityProviderInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set an identity provider. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The URL endpoint for the identity provider's SAML SSO. (Required.)
	SsoURL URI `json:"ssoUrl"`
	// The x509 certificate used by the identity provider to sign assertions and responses. (Required.)
	IdpCertificate String `json:"idpCertificate"`
	// The signature algorithm used to sign SAML requests for the identity provider. (Required.)
	SignatureMethod SamlSignatureAlgorithm `json:"signatureMethod"`
	// The digest algorithm used to sign SAML requests for the identity provider. (Required.)
	DigestMethod SamlDigestAlgorithm `json:"digestMethod"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The Issuer Entity ID for the SAML identity provider. (Optional.)
	Issuer *String `json:"issuer,omitempty"`
}

SetEnterpriseIdentityProviderInput is an autogenerated input type of SetEnterpriseIdentityProvider.

type SetOrganizationInteractionLimitInput 

type SetOrganizationInteractionLimitInput struct {
	// The ID of the organization to set a limit for. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`
	// The limit to set. (Required.)
	Limit RepositoryInteractionLimit `json:"limit"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// When this limit should expire. (Optional.)
	Expiry *RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry `json:"expiry,omitempty"`
}

SetOrganizationInteractionLimitInput is an autogenerated input type of SetOrganizationInteractionLimit.

type SetRepositoryInteractionLimitInput 

type SetRepositoryInteractionLimitInput struct {
	// The ID of the repository to set a limit for. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The limit to set. (Required.)
	Limit RepositoryInteractionLimit `json:"limit"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// When this limit should expire. (Optional.)
	Expiry *RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry `json:"expiry,omitempty"`
}

SetRepositoryInteractionLimitInput is an autogenerated input type of SetRepositoryInteractionLimit.

type SetUserInteractionLimitInput 

type SetUserInteractionLimitInput struct {
	// The ID of the user to set a limit for. (Required.)
	UserID ID `json:"userId"`
	// The limit to set. (Required.)
	Limit RepositoryInteractionLimit `json:"limit"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// When this limit should expire. (Optional.)
	Expiry *RepositoryInteractionLimitExpiry `json:"expiry,omitempty"`
}

SetUserInteractionLimitInput is an autogenerated input type of SetUserInteractionLimit.

type SocialAccountProvider 

type SocialAccountProvider string

SocialAccountProvider represents software or company that hosts social media accounts. 

const (
	SocialAccountProviderGeneric   SocialAccountProvider = "GENERIC"   // Catch-all for social media providers that do not yet have specific handling.
	SocialAccountProviderFacebook  SocialAccountProvider = "FACEBOOK"  // Social media and networking website.
	SocialAccountProviderHometown  SocialAccountProvider = "HOMETOWN"  // Fork of Mastodon with a greater focus on local posting.
	SocialAccountProviderInstagram SocialAccountProvider = "INSTAGRAM" // Social media website with a focus on photo and video sharing.
	SocialAccountProviderLinkedIn  SocialAccountProvider = "LINKEDIN"  // Professional networking website.
	SocialAccountProviderMastodon  SocialAccountProvider = "MASTODON"  // Open-source federated microblogging service.
	SocialAccountProviderReddit    SocialAccountProvider = "REDDIT"    // Social news aggregation and discussion website.
	SocialAccountProviderTwitch    SocialAccountProvider = "TWITCH"    // Live-streaming service.
	SocialAccountProviderTwitter   SocialAccountProvider = "TWITTER"   // Microblogging website.
	SocialAccountProviderYouTube   SocialAccountProvider = "YOUTUBE"   // Online video platform.
	SocialAccountProviderNpm       SocialAccountProvider = "NPM"       // JavaScript package registry.
)

Software or company that hosts social media accounts.

type SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrder 

type SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrder struct {
	// The field to order results by. (Required.)
	Field SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrder represents ordering options for connections to get sponsor entities and associated USD amounts for GitHub Sponsors.

type SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderField 

type SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderField string

SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderField represents properties by which sponsor and lifetime value connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderFieldSponsorLogin     SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderField = "SPONSOR_LOGIN"     // Order results by the sponsor's login (username).
	SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderFieldSponsorRelevance SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderField = "SPONSOR_RELEVANCE" // Order results by the sponsor's relevance to the viewer.
	SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderFieldLifetimeValue    SponsorAndLifetimeValueOrderField = "LIFETIME_VALUE"    // Order results by how much money the sponsor has paid in total.
)

Properties by which sponsor and lifetime value connections can be ordered.

type SponsorOrder 

type SponsorOrder struct {
	// The field to order sponsor entities by. (Required.)
	Field SponsorOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SponsorOrder represents ordering options for connections to get sponsor entities for GitHub Sponsors.

type SponsorOrderField 

type SponsorOrderField string

SponsorOrderField represents properties by which sponsor connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SponsorOrderFieldLogin     SponsorOrderField = "LOGIN"     // Order sponsorable entities by login (username).
	SponsorOrderFieldRelevance SponsorOrderField = "RELEVANCE" // Order sponsors by their relevance to the viewer.
)

Properties by which sponsor connections can be ordered.

type SponsorableOrder 

type SponsorableOrder struct {
	// The field to order sponsorable entities by. (Required.)
	Field SponsorableOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SponsorableOrder represents ordering options for connections to get sponsorable entities for GitHub Sponsors.

type SponsorableOrderField 

type SponsorableOrderField string

SponsorableOrderField represents properties by which sponsorable connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SponsorableOrderFieldLogin SponsorableOrderField = "LOGIN" // Order sponsorable entities by login (username).
)

Properties by which sponsorable connections can be ordered.

type SponsorsActivityAction 

type SponsorsActivityAction string

SponsorsActivityAction represents the possible actions that GitHub Sponsors activities can represent. 

const (
	SponsorsActivityActionNewSponsorship       SponsorsActivityAction = "NEW_SPONSORSHIP"        // The activity was starting a sponsorship.
	SponsorsActivityActionCancelledSponsorship SponsorsActivityAction = "CANCELLED_SPONSORSHIP"  // The activity was cancelling a sponsorship.
	SponsorsActivityActionTierChange           SponsorsActivityAction = "TIER_CHANGE"            // The activity was changing the sponsorship tier, either directly by the sponsor or by a scheduled/pending change.
	SponsorsActivityActionRefund               SponsorsActivityAction = "REFUND"                 // The activity was funds being refunded to the sponsor or GitHub.
	SponsorsActivityActionPendingChange        SponsorsActivityAction = "PENDING_CHANGE"         // The activity was scheduling a downgrade or cancellation.
	SponsorsActivityActionSponsorMatchDisabled SponsorsActivityAction = "SPONSOR_MATCH_DISABLED" // The activity was disabling matching for a previously matched sponsorship.
)

The possible actions that GitHub Sponsors activities can represent.

type SponsorsActivityOrder 

type SponsorsActivityOrder struct {
	// The field to order activity by. (Required.)
	Field SponsorsActivityOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SponsorsActivityOrder represents ordering options for GitHub Sponsors activity connections.

type SponsorsActivityOrderField 

type SponsorsActivityOrderField string

SponsorsActivityOrderField represents properties by which GitHub Sponsors activity connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SponsorsActivityOrderFieldTimestamp SponsorsActivityOrderField = "TIMESTAMP" // Order activities by when they happened.
)

Properties by which GitHub Sponsors activity connections can be ordered.

type SponsorsActivityPeriod 

type SponsorsActivityPeriod string

SponsorsActivityPeriod represents the possible time periods for which Sponsors activities can be requested. 

const (
	SponsorsActivityPeriodDay   SponsorsActivityPeriod = "DAY"   // The previous calendar day.
	SponsorsActivityPeriodWeek  SponsorsActivityPeriod = "WEEK"  // The previous seven days.
	SponsorsActivityPeriodMonth SponsorsActivityPeriod = "MONTH" // The previous thirty days.
	SponsorsActivityPeriodAll   SponsorsActivityPeriod = "ALL"   // Don't restrict the activity to any date range, include all activity.
)

The possible time periods for which Sponsors activities can be requested.

type SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode 

type SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode string

SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode represents represents countries or regions for billing and residence for a GitHub Sponsors profile. 

const (
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AF" // Afghanistan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAX SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AX" // Åland.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AL" // Albania.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeDZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "DZ" // Algeria.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AS" // American Samoa.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAD SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AD" // Andorra.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AO" // Angola.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AI" // Anguilla.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAQ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AQ" // Antarctica.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AG" // Antigua and Barbuda.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AR" // Argentina.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AM" // Armenia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AW" // Aruba.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAU SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AU" // Australia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AT" // Austria.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AZ" // Azerbaijan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BS" // Bahamas.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BH" // Bahrain.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBD SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BD" // Bangladesh.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBB SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BB" // Barbados.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBY SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BY" // Belarus.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BE" // Belgium.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BZ" // Belize.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBJ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BJ" // Benin.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BM" // Bermuda.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BT" // Bhutan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BO" // Bolivia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBQ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BQ" // Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BA" // Bosnia and Herzegovina.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BW" // Botswana.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBV SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BV" // Bouvet Island.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BR" // Brazil.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IO" // British Indian Ocean Territory.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BN" // Brunei Darussalam.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BG" // Bulgaria.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BF" // Burkina Faso.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BI" // Burundi.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KH" // Cambodia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CM" // Cameroon.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CA" // Canada.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCV SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CV" // Cape Verde.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKY SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KY" // Cayman Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CF" // Central African Republic.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTD SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TD" // Chad.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CL" // Chile.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CN" // China.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCX SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CX" // Christmas Island.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCC SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CC" // Cocos (Keeling) Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CO" // Colombia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KM" // Comoros.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CG" // Congo (Brazzaville).
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCD SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CD" // Congo (Kinshasa).
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CK" // Cook Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CR" // Costa Rica.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CI" // Côte d'Ivoire.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeHR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "HR" // Croatia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CW" // Curaçao.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCY SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CY" // Cyprus.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CZ" // Czech Republic.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeDK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "DK" // Denmark.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeDJ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "DJ" // Djibouti.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeDM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "DM" // Dominica.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeDO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "DO" // Dominican Republic.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeEC SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "EC" // Ecuador.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeEG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "EG" // Egypt.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSV SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SV" // El Salvador.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGQ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GQ" // Equatorial Guinea.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeER SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ER" // Eritrea.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeEE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "EE" // Estonia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeET SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ET" // Ethiopia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeFK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "FK" // Falkland Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeFO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "FO" // Faroe Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeFJ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "FJ" // Fiji.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeFI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "FI" // Finland.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeFR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "FR" // France.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GF" // French Guiana.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PF" // French Polynesia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TF" // French Southern Lands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GA" // Gabon.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GM" // Gambia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GE" // Georgia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeDE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "DE" // Germany.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GH" // Ghana.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GI" // Gibraltar.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GR" // Greece.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GL" // Greenland.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGD SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GD" // Grenada.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGP SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GP" // Guadeloupe.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGU SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GU" // Guam.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GT" // Guatemala.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GG" // Guernsey.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GN" // Guinea.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GW" // Guinea-Bissau.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGY SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GY" // Guyana.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeHT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "HT" // Haiti.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeHM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "HM" // Heard and McDonald Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeHN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "HN" // Honduras.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeHK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "HK" // Hong Kong.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeHU SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "HU" // Hungary.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IS" // Iceland.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IN" // India.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeID SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ID" // Indonesia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IR" // Iran.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIQ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IQ" // Iraq.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IE" // Ireland.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IM" // Isle of Man.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IL" // Israel.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeIT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "IT" // Italy.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeJM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "JM" // Jamaica.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeJP SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "JP" // Japan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeJE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "JE" // Jersey.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeJO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "JO" // Jordan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KZ" // Kazakhstan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KE" // Kenya.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KI" // Kiribati.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KR" // Korea, South.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KW" // Kuwait.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KG" // Kyrgyzstan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LA" // Laos.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLV SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LV" // Latvia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLB SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LB" // Lebanon.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LS" // Lesotho.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LR" // Liberia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLY SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LY" // Libya.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LI" // Liechtenstein.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LT" // Lithuania.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLU SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LU" // Luxembourg.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MO" // Macau.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MK" // Macedonia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MG" // Madagascar.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MW" // Malawi.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMY SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MY" // Malaysia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMV SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MV" // Maldives.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeML SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ML" // Mali.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MT" // Malta.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MH" // Marshall Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMQ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MQ" // Martinique.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MR" // Mauritania.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMU SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MU" // Mauritius.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeYT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "YT" // Mayotte.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMX SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MX" // Mexico.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeFM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "FM" // Micronesia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMD SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MD" // Moldova.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMC SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MC" // Monaco.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MN" // Mongolia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeME SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ME" // Montenegro.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MS" // Montserrat.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MA" // Morocco.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MZ" // Mozambique.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MM" // Myanmar.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NA" // Namibia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NR" // Nauru.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNP SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NP" // Nepal.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NL" // Netherlands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNC SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NC" // New Caledonia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NZ" // New Zealand.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NI" // Nicaragua.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NE" // Niger.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NG" // Nigeria.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNU SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NU" // Niue.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NF" // Norfolk Island.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMP SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MP" // Northern Mariana Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeNO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "NO" // Norway.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeOM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "OM" // Oman.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PK" // Pakistan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PW" // Palau.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PS" // Palestine.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PA" // Panama.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PG" // Papua New Guinea.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePY SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PY" // Paraguay.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PE" // Peru.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PH" // Philippines.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PN" // Pitcairn.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PL" // Poland.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PT" // Portugal.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PR" // Puerto Rico.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeQA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "QA" // Qatar.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeRE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "RE" // Reunion.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeRO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "RO" // Romania.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeRU SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "RU" // Russian Federation.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeRW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "RW" // Rwanda.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeBL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "BL" // Saint Barthélemy.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SH" // Saint Helena.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeKN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "KN" // Saint Kitts and Nevis.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLC SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LC" // Saint Lucia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeMF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "MF" // Saint Martin (French part).
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodePM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "PM" // Saint Pierre and Miquelon.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeVC SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "VC" // Saint Vincent and the Grenadines.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeWS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "WS" // Samoa.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SM" // San Marino.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeST SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ST" // Sao Tome and Principe.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SA" // Saudi Arabia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SN" // Senegal.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeRS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "RS" // Serbia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSC SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SC" // Seychelles.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SL" // Sierra Leone.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SG" // Singapore.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSX SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SX" // Sint Maarten (Dutch part).
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SK" // Slovakia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SI" // Slovenia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSB SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SB" // Solomon Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SO" // Somalia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeZA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ZA" // South Africa.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GS" // South Georgia and South Sandwich Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SS" // South Sudan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeES SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ES" // Spain.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeLK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "LK" // Sri Lanka.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSD SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SD" // Sudan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SR" // Suriname.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSJ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SJ" // Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SZ" // Swaziland.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeSE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "SE" // Sweden.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeCH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "CH" // Switzerland.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TW" // Taiwan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTJ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TJ" // Tajikistan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TZ" // Tanzania.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TH" // Thailand.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTL SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TL" // Timor-Leste.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TG" // Togo.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTK SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TK" // Tokelau.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTO SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TO" // Tonga.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTT SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TT" // Trinidad and Tobago.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TN" // Tunisia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTR SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TR" // Türkiye.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TM" // Turkmenistan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTC SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TC" // Turks and Caicos Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeTV SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "TV" // Tuvalu.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeUG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "UG" // Uganda.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeUA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "UA" // Ukraine.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeAE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "AE" // United Arab Emirates.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeGB SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "GB" // United Kingdom.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeUM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "UM" // United States Minor Outlying Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeUS SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "US" // United States of America.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeUY SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "UY" // Uruguay.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeUZ SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "UZ" // Uzbekistan.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeVU SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "VU" // Vanuatu.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeVA SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "VA" // Vatican City.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeVE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "VE" // Venezuela.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeVN SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "VN" // Vietnam.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeVG SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "VG" // Virgin Islands, British.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeVI SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "VI" // Virgin Islands, U.S.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeWF SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "WF" // Wallis and Futuna Islands.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeEH SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "EH" // Western Sahara.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeYE SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "YE" // Yemen.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeZM SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ZM" // Zambia.
	SponsorsCountryOrRegionCodeZW SponsorsCountryOrRegionCode = "ZW" // Zimbabwe.
)

Represents countries or regions for billing and residence for a GitHub Sponsors profile.

type SponsorsGoalKind 

type SponsorsGoalKind string

SponsorsGoalKind represents the different kinds of goals a GitHub Sponsors member can have. 

const (
	SponsorsGoalKindTotalSponsorsCount       SponsorsGoalKind = "TOTAL_SPONSORS_COUNT"       // The goal is about reaching a certain number of sponsors.
	SponsorsGoalKindMonthlySponsorshipAmount SponsorsGoalKind = "MONTHLY_SPONSORSHIP_AMOUNT" // The goal is about getting a certain amount in USD from sponsorships each month.
)

The different kinds of goals a GitHub Sponsors member can have.

type SponsorsListingFeaturedItemFeatureableType 

type SponsorsListingFeaturedItemFeatureableType string

SponsorsListingFeaturedItemFeatureableType represents the different kinds of records that can be featured on a GitHub Sponsors profile page. 

const (
	SponsorsListingFeaturedItemFeatureableTypeRepository SponsorsListingFeaturedItemFeatureableType = "REPOSITORY" // A repository owned by the user or organization with the GitHub Sponsors profile.
	SponsorsListingFeaturedItemFeatureableTypeUser       SponsorsListingFeaturedItemFeatureableType = "USER"       // A user who belongs to the organization with the GitHub Sponsors profile.
)

The different kinds of records that can be featured on a GitHub Sponsors profile page.

type SponsorsTierOrder 

type SponsorsTierOrder struct {
	// The field to order tiers by. (Required.)
	Field SponsorsTierOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SponsorsTierOrder represents ordering options for Sponsors tiers connections.

type SponsorsTierOrderField 

type SponsorsTierOrderField string

SponsorsTierOrderField represents properties by which Sponsors tiers connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SponsorsTierOrderFieldCreatedAt           SponsorsTierOrderField = "CREATED_AT"             // Order tiers by creation time.
	SponsorsTierOrderFieldMonthlyPriceInCents SponsorsTierOrderField = "MONTHLY_PRICE_IN_CENTS" // Order tiers by their monthly price in cents.
)

Properties by which Sponsors tiers connections can be ordered.

type SponsorshipNewsletterOrder 

type SponsorshipNewsletterOrder struct {
	// The field to order sponsorship newsletters by. (Required.)
	Field SponsorshipNewsletterOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SponsorshipNewsletterOrder represents ordering options for sponsorship newsletter connections.

type SponsorshipNewsletterOrderField 

type SponsorshipNewsletterOrderField string

SponsorshipNewsletterOrderField represents properties by which sponsorship update connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SponsorshipNewsletterOrderFieldCreatedAt SponsorshipNewsletterOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order sponsorship newsletters by when they were created.
)

Properties by which sponsorship update connections can be ordered.

type SponsorshipOrder 

type SponsorshipOrder struct {
	// The field to order sponsorship by. (Required.)
	Field SponsorshipOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

SponsorshipOrder represents ordering options for sponsorship connections.

type SponsorshipOrderField 

type SponsorshipOrderField string

SponsorshipOrderField represents properties by which sponsorship connections can be ordered. 

const (
	SponsorshipOrderFieldCreatedAt SponsorshipOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order sponsorship by creation time.
)

Properties by which sponsorship connections can be ordered.

type SponsorshipPaymentSource 

type SponsorshipPaymentSource string

SponsorshipPaymentSource represents how payment was made for funding a GitHub Sponsors sponsorship. 

const (
	SponsorshipPaymentSourceGitHub  SponsorshipPaymentSource = "GITHUB"  // Payment was made through GitHub.
	SponsorshipPaymentSourcePatreon SponsorshipPaymentSource = "PATREON" // Payment was made through Patreon.
)

How payment was made for funding a GitHub Sponsors sponsorship.

type SponsorshipPrivacy 

type SponsorshipPrivacy string

SponsorshipPrivacy represents the privacy of a sponsorship. 

const (
	SponsorshipPrivacyPublic  SponsorshipPrivacy = "PUBLIC"  // Public.
	SponsorshipPrivacyPrivate SponsorshipPrivacy = "PRIVATE" // Private.
)

The privacy of a sponsorship.

type SquashMergeCommitMessage 

type SquashMergeCommitMessage string

SquashMergeCommitMessage represents the possible default commit messages for squash merges. 

const (
	SquashMergeCommitMessagePrBody         SquashMergeCommitMessage = "PR_BODY"         // Default to the pull request's body.
	SquashMergeCommitMessageCommitMessages SquashMergeCommitMessage = "COMMIT_MESSAGES" // Default to the branch's commit messages.
	SquashMergeCommitMessageBlank          SquashMergeCommitMessage = "BLANK"           // Default to a blank commit message.
)

The possible default commit messages for squash merges.

type SquashMergeCommitTitle 

type SquashMergeCommitTitle string

SquashMergeCommitTitle represents the possible default commit titles for squash merges. 

const (
	SquashMergeCommitTitlePrTitle         SquashMergeCommitTitle = "PR_TITLE"           // Default to the pull request's title.
	SquashMergeCommitTitleCommitOrPrTitle SquashMergeCommitTitle = "COMMIT_OR_PR_TITLE" // Default to the commit's title (if only one commit) or the pull request's title (when more than one commit).
)

The possible default commit titles for squash merges.

type StarOrder 

type StarOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order nodes by. (Required.)
	Field StarOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order nodes. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

StarOrder represents ways in which star connections can be ordered.

type StarOrderField 

type StarOrderField string

StarOrderField represents properties by which star connections can be ordered. 

const (
	StarOrderFieldStarredAt StarOrderField = "STARRED_AT" // Allows ordering a list of stars by when they were created.
)

Properties by which star connections can be ordered.

type StartOrganizationMigrationInput 

type StartOrganizationMigrationInput struct {
	// The URL of the organization to migrate. (Required.)
	SourceOrgURL URI `json:"sourceOrgUrl"`
	// The name of the target organization. (Required.)
	TargetOrgName String `json:"targetOrgName"`
	// The ID of the enterprise the target organization belongs to. (Required.)
	TargetEnterpriseID ID `json:"targetEnterpriseId"`
	// The migration source access token. (Required.)
	SourceAccessToken String `json:"sourceAccessToken"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

StartOrganizationMigrationInput is an autogenerated input type of StartOrganizationMigration.

type StartRepositoryMigrationInput 

type StartRepositoryMigrationInput struct {
	// The ID of the migration source. (Required.)
	SourceID ID `json:"sourceId"`
	// The ID of the organization that will own the imported repository. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The URL of the source repository. (Required.)
	SourceRepositoryURL URI `json:"sourceRepositoryUrl"`
	// The name of the imported repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryName String `json:"repositoryName"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Whether to continue the migration on error. Defaults to `true`. (Optional.)
	ContinueOnError *Boolean `json:"continueOnError,omitempty"`
	// The signed URL to access the user-uploaded git archive. (Optional.)
	GitArchiveURL *String `json:"gitArchiveUrl,omitempty"`
	// The signed URL to access the user-uploaded metadata archive. (Optional.)
	MetadataArchiveURL *String `json:"metadataArchiveUrl,omitempty"`
	// The migration source access token. (Optional.)
	AccessToken *String `json:"accessToken,omitempty"`
	// The GitHub personal access token of the user importing to the target repository. (Optional.)
	GitHubPat *String `json:"githubPat,omitempty"`
	// Whether to skip migrating releases for the repository. (Optional.)
	SkipReleases *Boolean `json:"skipReleases,omitempty"`
	// The visibility of the imported repository. (Optional.)
	TargetRepoVisibility *String `json:"targetRepoVisibility,omitempty"`
	// Whether to lock the source repository. (Optional.)
	LockSource *Boolean `json:"lockSource,omitempty"`
}

StartRepositoryMigrationInput is an autogenerated input type of StartRepositoryMigration.

type StatusCheckConfigurationInput 

type StatusCheckConfigurationInput struct {
	// The status check context name that must be present on the commit. (Required.)
	Context String `json:"context"`

	// The optional integration ID that this status check must originate from. (Optional.)
	IntegrationID *Int `json:"integrationId,omitempty"`
}

StatusCheckConfigurationInput represents required status check.

type StatusState 

type StatusState string

StatusState represents the possible commit status states. 

const (
	StatusStateExpected StatusState = "EXPECTED" // Status is expected.
	StatusStateError    StatusState = "ERROR"    // Status is errored.
	StatusStateFailure  StatusState = "FAILURE"  // Status is failing.
	StatusStatePending  StatusState = "PENDING"  // Status is pending.
	StatusStateSuccess  StatusState = "SUCCESS"  // Status is successful.
)

The possible commit status states.

type String 

type String graphql.String

String represents textual data as UTF-8 character sequences. This type is most often used by GraphQL to represent free-form human-readable text.

func NewString 

func NewString(v String) *String

NewString is a helper to make a new *String.

type SubmitPullRequestReviewInput 

type SubmitPullRequestReviewInput struct {
	// The event to send to the Pull Request Review. (Required.)
	Event PullRequestReviewEvent `json:"event"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The Pull Request ID to submit any pending reviews. (Optional.)
	PullRequestID *ID `json:"pullRequestId,omitempty"`
	// The Pull Request Review ID to submit. (Optional.)
	PullRequestReviewID *ID `json:"pullRequestReviewId,omitempty"`
	// The text field to set on the Pull Request Review. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
}

SubmitPullRequestReviewInput is an autogenerated input type of SubmitPullRequestReview.

type SubscriptionState 

type SubscriptionState string

SubscriptionState represents the possible states of a subscription. 

const (
	SubscriptionStateUnsubscribed SubscriptionState = "UNSUBSCRIBED" // The User is only notified when participating or @mentioned.
	SubscriptionStateSubscribed   SubscriptionState = "SUBSCRIBED"   // The User is notified of all conversations.
	SubscriptionStateIgnored      SubscriptionState = "IGNORED"      // The User is never notified.
)

The possible states of a subscription.

type TagNamePatternParametersInput 

type TagNamePatternParametersInput struct {
	// The operator to use for matching. (Required.)
	Operator String `json:"operator"`
	// The pattern to match with. (Required.)
	Pattern String `json:"pattern"`

	// How this rule will appear to users. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// If true, the rule will fail if the pattern matches. (Optional.)
	Negate *Boolean `json:"negate,omitempty"`
}

TagNamePatternParametersInput represents parameters to be used for the tag_name_pattern rule.

type TeamDiscussionCommentOrder 

type TeamDiscussionCommentOrder struct {
	// The field by which to order nodes. (Required.)
	Field TeamDiscussionCommentOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order nodes. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

TeamDiscussionCommentOrder represents ways in which team discussion comment connections can be ordered.

type TeamDiscussionCommentOrderField 

type TeamDiscussionCommentOrderField string

TeamDiscussionCommentOrderField represents properties by which team discussion comment connections can be ordered. 

const (
	TeamDiscussionCommentOrderFieldNumber TeamDiscussionCommentOrderField = "NUMBER" // Allows sequential ordering of team discussion comments (which is equivalent to chronological ordering).
)

Properties by which team discussion comment connections can be ordered.

type TeamDiscussionOrder 

type TeamDiscussionOrder struct {
	// The field by which to order nodes. (Required.)
	Field TeamDiscussionOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order nodes. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

TeamDiscussionOrder represents ways in which team discussion connections can be ordered.

type TeamDiscussionOrderField 

type TeamDiscussionOrderField string

TeamDiscussionOrderField represents properties by which team discussion connections can be ordered. 

const (
	TeamDiscussionOrderFieldCreatedAt TeamDiscussionOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Allows chronological ordering of team discussions.
)

Properties by which team discussion connections can be ordered.

type TeamMemberOrder 

type TeamMemberOrder struct {
	// The field to order team members by. (Required.)
	Field TeamMemberOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

TeamMemberOrder represents ordering options for team member connections.

type TeamMemberOrderField 

type TeamMemberOrderField string

TeamMemberOrderField represents properties by which team member connections can be ordered. 

const (
	TeamMemberOrderFieldLogin     TeamMemberOrderField = "LOGIN"      // Order team members by login.
	TeamMemberOrderFieldCreatedAt TeamMemberOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order team members by creation time.
)

Properties by which team member connections can be ordered.

type TeamMemberRole 

type TeamMemberRole string

TeamMemberRole represents the possible team member roles; either 'maintainer' or 'member'. 

const (
	TeamMemberRoleMaintainer TeamMemberRole = "MAINTAINER" // A team maintainer has permission to add and remove team members.
	TeamMemberRoleMember     TeamMemberRole = "MEMBER"     // A team member has no administrative permissions on the team.
)

The possible team member roles; either 'maintainer' or 'member'.

type TeamMembershipType 

type TeamMembershipType string

TeamMembershipType represents defines which types of team members are included in the returned list. Can be one of IMMEDIATE, CHILD_TEAM or ALL. 

const (
	TeamMembershipTypeImmediate TeamMembershipType = "IMMEDIATE"  // Includes only immediate members of the team.
	TeamMembershipTypeChildTeam TeamMembershipType = "CHILD_TEAM" // Includes only child team members for the team.
	TeamMembershipTypeAll       TeamMembershipType = "ALL"        // Includes immediate and child team members for the team.
)

Defines which types of team members are included in the returned list. Can be one of IMMEDIATE, CHILD_TEAM or ALL.

type TeamNotificationSetting 

type TeamNotificationSetting string

TeamNotificationSetting represents the possible team notification values. 

const (
	TeamNotificationSettingNotificationsEnabled  TeamNotificationSetting = "NOTIFICATIONS_ENABLED"  // Everyone will receive notifications when the team is @mentioned.
	TeamNotificationSettingNotificationsDisabled TeamNotificationSetting = "NOTIFICATIONS_DISABLED" // No one will receive notifications.
)

The possible team notification values.

type TeamOrder 

type TeamOrder struct {
	// The field in which to order nodes by. (Required.)
	Field TeamOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order nodes. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

TeamOrder represents ways in which team connections can be ordered.

type TeamOrderField 

type TeamOrderField string

TeamOrderField represents properties by which team connections can be ordered. 

const (
	TeamOrderFieldName TeamOrderField = "NAME" // Allows ordering a list of teams by name.
)

Properties by which team connections can be ordered.

type TeamPrivacy 

type TeamPrivacy string

TeamPrivacy represents the possible team privacy values. 

const (
	TeamPrivacySecret  TeamPrivacy = "SECRET"  // A secret team can only be seen by its members.
	TeamPrivacyVisible TeamPrivacy = "VISIBLE" // A visible team can be seen and @mentioned by every member of the organization.
)

The possible team privacy values.

type TeamRepositoryOrder 

type TeamRepositoryOrder struct {
	// The field to order repositories by. (Required.)
	Field TeamRepositoryOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

TeamRepositoryOrder represents ordering options for team repository connections.

type TeamRepositoryOrderField 

type TeamRepositoryOrderField string

TeamRepositoryOrderField represents properties by which team repository connections can be ordered. 

const (
	TeamRepositoryOrderFieldCreatedAt  TeamRepositoryOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order repositories by creation time.
	TeamRepositoryOrderFieldUpdatedAt  TeamRepositoryOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order repositories by update time.
	TeamRepositoryOrderFieldPushedAt   TeamRepositoryOrderField = "PUSHED_AT"  // Order repositories by push time.
	TeamRepositoryOrderFieldName       TeamRepositoryOrderField = "NAME"       // Order repositories by name.
	TeamRepositoryOrderFieldPermission TeamRepositoryOrderField = "PERMISSION" // Order repositories by permission.
	TeamRepositoryOrderFieldStargazers TeamRepositoryOrderField = "STARGAZERS" // Order repositories by number of stargazers.
)

Properties by which team repository connections can be ordered.

type TeamReviewAssignmentAlgorithm 

type TeamReviewAssignmentAlgorithm string

TeamReviewAssignmentAlgorithm represents the possible team review assignment algorithms. 

const (
	TeamReviewAssignmentAlgorithmRoundRobin  TeamReviewAssignmentAlgorithm = "ROUND_ROBIN"  // Alternate reviews between each team member.
	TeamReviewAssignmentAlgorithmLoadBalance TeamReviewAssignmentAlgorithm = "LOAD_BALANCE" // Balance review load across the entire team.
)

The possible team review assignment algorithms.

type TeamRole 

type TeamRole string

TeamRole represents the role of a user on a team. 

const (
	TeamRoleAdmin  TeamRole = "ADMIN"  // User has admin rights on the team.
	TeamRoleMember TeamRole = "MEMBER" // User is a member of the team.
)

The role of a user on a team.

type ThreadSubscriptionFormAction 

type ThreadSubscriptionFormAction string

ThreadSubscriptionFormAction represents the possible states of a thread subscription form action. 

const (
	ThreadSubscriptionFormActionNone        ThreadSubscriptionFormAction = "NONE"        // The User cannot subscribe or unsubscribe to the thread.
	ThreadSubscriptionFormActionSubscribe   ThreadSubscriptionFormAction = "SUBSCRIBE"   // The User can subscribe to the thread.
	ThreadSubscriptionFormActionUnsubscribe ThreadSubscriptionFormAction = "UNSUBSCRIBE" // The User can unsubscribe to the thread.
)

The possible states of a thread subscription form action.

type ThreadSubscriptionState 

type ThreadSubscriptionState string

ThreadSubscriptionState represents the possible states of a subscription. 

const (
	ThreadSubscriptionStateUnavailable              ThreadSubscriptionState = "UNAVAILABLE"                 // The subscription status is currently unavailable.
	ThreadSubscriptionStateDisabled                 ThreadSubscriptionState = "DISABLED"                    // The subscription status is currently disabled.
	ThreadSubscriptionStateIgnoringList             ThreadSubscriptionState = "IGNORING_LIST"               // The User is never notified because they are ignoring the list.
	ThreadSubscriptionStateSubscribedToThreadEvents ThreadSubscriptionState = "SUBSCRIBED_TO_THREAD_EVENTS" // The User is notified because they chose custom settings for this thread.
	ThreadSubscriptionStateIgnoringThread           ThreadSubscriptionState = "IGNORING_THREAD"             // The User is never notified because they are ignoring the thread.
	ThreadSubscriptionStateSubscribedToList         ThreadSubscriptionState = "SUBSCRIBED_TO_LIST"          // The User is notified becuase they are watching the list.
	ThreadSubscriptionStateSubscribedToThreadType   ThreadSubscriptionState = "SUBSCRIBED_TO_THREAD_TYPE"   // The User is notified because they chose custom settings for this thread.
	ThreadSubscriptionStateSubscribedToThread       ThreadSubscriptionState = "SUBSCRIBED_TO_THREAD"        // The User is notified because they are subscribed to the thread.
	ThreadSubscriptionStateNone                     ThreadSubscriptionState = "NONE"                        // The User is not recieving notifications from this thread.
)

The possible states of a subscription.

type TopicSuggestionDeclineReason 

type TopicSuggestionDeclineReason string

TopicSuggestionDeclineReason represents reason that the suggested topic is declined. 

const (
	TopicSuggestionDeclineReasonNotRelevant        TopicSuggestionDeclineReason = "NOT_RELEVANT"        // The suggested topic is not relevant to the repository.
	TopicSuggestionDeclineReasonTooSpecific        TopicSuggestionDeclineReason = "TOO_SPECIFIC"        // The suggested topic is too specific for the repository (e.g. #ruby-on-rails-version-4-2-1).
	TopicSuggestionDeclineReasonPersonalPreference TopicSuggestionDeclineReason = "PERSONAL_PREFERENCE" // The viewer does not like the suggested topic.
	TopicSuggestionDeclineReasonTooGeneral         TopicSuggestionDeclineReason = "TOO_GENERAL"         // The suggested topic is too general for the repository.
)

Reason that the suggested topic is declined.

type TrackedIssueStates 

type TrackedIssueStates string

TrackedIssueStates represents the possible states of a tracked issue. 

const (
	TrackedIssueStatesOpen   TrackedIssueStates = "OPEN"   // The tracked issue is open.
	TrackedIssueStatesClosed TrackedIssueStates = "CLOSED" // The tracked issue is closed.
)

The possible states of a tracked issue.

type TransferEnterpriseOrganizationInput 

type TransferEnterpriseOrganizationInput struct {
	// The ID of the organization to transfer. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`
	// The ID of the enterprise where the organization should be transferred. (Required.)
	DestinationEnterpriseID ID `json:"destinationEnterpriseId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

TransferEnterpriseOrganizationInput is an autogenerated input type of TransferEnterpriseOrganization.

type TransferIssueInput 

type TransferIssueInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the issue to be transferred. (Required.)
	IssueID ID `json:"issueId"`
	// The Node ID of the repository the issue should be transferred to. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Whether to create labels if they don't exist in the target repository (matched by name). (Optional.)
	CreateLabelsIfMissing *Boolean `json:"createLabelsIfMissing,omitempty"`
}

TransferIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of TransferIssue.

type URI 

type URI struct{ *url.URL }

URI is an RFC 3986, RFC 3987, and RFC 6570 (level 4) compliant URI.

func NewURI 

func NewURI(v URI) *URI

NewURI is a helper to make a new *URI.

func (URI) MarshalJSON 

func (u URI) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error)

MarshalJSON implements the json.Marshaler interface. The URI is a quoted string.

func (*URI) UnmarshalJSON 

func (u *URI) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error

UnmarshalJSON implements the json.Unmarshaler interface. The URI is expected to be a quoted string.

type UnarchiveProjectV2ItemInput 

type UnarchiveProjectV2ItemInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to archive the item from. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the ProjectV2Item to unarchive. (Required.)
	ItemID ID `json:"itemId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnarchiveProjectV2ItemInput is an autogenerated input type of UnarchiveProjectV2Item.

type UnarchiveRepositoryInput 

type UnarchiveRepositoryInput struct {
	// The ID of the repository to unarchive. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnarchiveRepositoryInput is an autogenerated input type of UnarchiveRepository.

type UnfollowOrganizationInput 

type UnfollowOrganizationInput struct {
	// ID of the organization to unfollow. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnfollowOrganizationInput is an autogenerated input type of UnfollowOrganization.

type UnfollowUserInput 

type UnfollowUserInput struct {
	// ID of the user to unfollow. (Required.)
	UserID ID `json:"userId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnfollowUserInput is an autogenerated input type of UnfollowUser.

type UnlinkProjectV2FromRepositoryInput 

type UnlinkProjectV2FromRepositoryInput struct {
	// The ID of the project to unlink from the repository. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the repository to unlink from the project. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnlinkProjectV2FromRepositoryInput is an autogenerated input type of UnlinkProjectV2FromRepository.

type UnlinkProjectV2FromTeamInput 

type UnlinkProjectV2FromTeamInput struct {
	// The ID of the project to unlink from the team. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the team to unlink from the project. (Required.)
	TeamID ID `json:"teamId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnlinkProjectV2FromTeamInput is an autogenerated input type of UnlinkProjectV2FromTeam.

type UnlinkRepositoryFromProjectInput 

type UnlinkRepositoryFromProjectInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project linked to the Repository. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the Repository linked to the Project. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnlinkRepositoryFromProjectInput is an autogenerated input type of UnlinkRepositoryFromProject.

type UnlockLockableInput 

type UnlockLockableInput struct {
	// ID of the item to be unlocked. (Required.)
	LockableID ID `json:"lockableId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnlockLockableInput is an autogenerated input type of UnlockLockable.

type UnmarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswerInput 

type UnmarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswerInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion comment to unmark as an answer. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnmarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswerInput is an autogenerated input type of UnmarkDiscussionCommentAsAnswer.

type UnmarkFileAsViewedInput 

type UnmarkFileAsViewedInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`
	// The path of the file to mark as unviewed. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnmarkFileAsViewedInput is an autogenerated input type of UnmarkFileAsViewed.

type UnmarkIssueAsDuplicateInput 

type UnmarkIssueAsDuplicateInput struct {
	// ID of the issue or pull request currently marked as a duplicate. (Required.)
	DuplicateID ID `json:"duplicateId"`
	// ID of the issue or pull request currently considered canonical/authoritative/original. (Required.)
	CanonicalID ID `json:"canonicalId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnmarkIssueAsDuplicateInput is an autogenerated input type of UnmarkIssueAsDuplicate.

type UnmarkProjectV2AsTemplateInput 

type UnmarkProjectV2AsTemplateInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project to unmark as a template. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnmarkProjectV2AsTemplateInput is an autogenerated input type of UnmarkProjectV2AsTemplate.

type UnminimizeCommentInput 

type UnminimizeCommentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the subject to modify. (Required.)
	SubjectID ID `json:"subjectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnminimizeCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of UnminimizeComment.

type UnpinIssueInput 

type UnpinIssueInput struct {
	// The ID of the issue to be unpinned. (Required.)
	IssueID ID `json:"issueId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnpinIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of UnpinIssue.

type UnresolveReviewThreadInput 

type UnresolveReviewThreadInput struct {
	// The ID of the thread to unresolve. (Required.)
	ThreadID ID `json:"threadId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnresolveReviewThreadInput is an autogenerated input type of UnresolveReviewThread.

type UnsubscribeFromNotificationsInput 

type UnsubscribeFromNotificationsInput struct {
	// The NotificationThread IDs of the objects to unsubscribe from. (Required.)
	IDs []ID `json:"ids"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UnsubscribeFromNotificationsInput is an autogenerated input type of UnsubscribeFromNotifications.

type UpdateBranchProtectionRuleInput 

type UpdateBranchProtectionRuleInput struct {
	// The global relay id of the branch protection rule to be updated. (Required.)
	BranchProtectionRuleID ID `json:"branchProtectionRuleId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The glob-like pattern used to determine matching branches. (Optional.)
	Pattern *String `json:"pattern,omitempty"`
	// Are approving reviews required to update matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiresApprovingReviews *Boolean `json:"requiresApprovingReviews,omitempty"`
	// Number of approving reviews required to update matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiredApprovingReviewCount *Int `json:"requiredApprovingReviewCount,omitempty"`
	// Are commits required to be signed. (Optional.)
	RequiresCommitSignatures *Boolean `json:"requiresCommitSignatures,omitempty"`
	// Are merge commits prohibited from being pushed to this branch. (Optional.)
	RequiresLinearHistory *Boolean `json:"requiresLinearHistory,omitempty"`
	// Is branch creation a protected operation. (Optional.)
	BlocksCreations *Boolean `json:"blocksCreations,omitempty"`
	// Are force pushes allowed on this branch. (Optional.)
	AllowsForcePushes *Boolean `json:"allowsForcePushes,omitempty"`
	// Can this branch be deleted. (Optional.)
	AllowsDeletions *Boolean `json:"allowsDeletions,omitempty"`
	// Can admins override branch protection. (Optional.)
	IsAdminEnforced *Boolean `json:"isAdminEnforced,omitempty"`
	// Are status checks required to update matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiresStatusChecks *Boolean `json:"requiresStatusChecks,omitempty"`
	// Are branches required to be up to date before merging. (Optional.)
	RequiresStrictStatusChecks *Boolean `json:"requiresStrictStatusChecks,omitempty"`
	// Are reviews from code owners required to update matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiresCodeOwnerReviews *Boolean `json:"requiresCodeOwnerReviews,omitempty"`
	// Will new commits pushed to matching branches dismiss pull request review approvals. (Optional.)
	DismissesStaleReviews *Boolean `json:"dismissesStaleReviews,omitempty"`
	// Is dismissal of pull request reviews restricted. (Optional.)
	RestrictsReviewDismissals *Boolean `json:"restrictsReviewDismissals,omitempty"`
	// A list of User, Team, or App IDs allowed to dismiss reviews on pull requests targeting matching branches. (Optional.)
	ReviewDismissalActorIDs *[]ID `json:"reviewDismissalActorIds,omitempty"`
	// A list of User, Team, or App IDs allowed to bypass pull requests targeting matching branches. (Optional.)
	BypassPullRequestActorIDs *[]ID `json:"bypassPullRequestActorIds,omitempty"`
	// A list of User, Team, or App IDs allowed to bypass force push targeting matching branches. (Optional.)
	BypassForcePushActorIDs *[]ID `json:"bypassForcePushActorIds,omitempty"`
	// Is pushing to matching branches restricted. (Optional.)
	RestrictsPushes *Boolean `json:"restrictsPushes,omitempty"`
	// A list of User, Team, or App IDs allowed to push to matching branches. (Optional.)
	PushActorIDs *[]ID `json:"pushActorIds,omitempty"`
	// List of required status check contexts that must pass for commits to be accepted to matching branches. (Optional.)
	RequiredStatusCheckContexts *[]String `json:"requiredStatusCheckContexts,omitempty"`
	// The list of required status checks. (Optional.)
	RequiredStatusChecks *[]RequiredStatusCheckInput `json:"requiredStatusChecks,omitempty"`
	// Are successful deployments required before merging. (Optional.)
	RequiresDeployments *Boolean `json:"requiresDeployments,omitempty"`
	// The list of required deployment environments. (Optional.)
	RequiredDeploymentEnvironments *[]String `json:"requiredDeploymentEnvironments,omitempty"`
	// Are conversations required to be resolved before merging. (Optional.)
	RequiresConversationResolution *Boolean `json:"requiresConversationResolution,omitempty"`
	// Whether the most recent push must be approved by someone other than the person who pushed it. (Optional.)
	RequireLastPushApproval *Boolean `json:"requireLastPushApproval,omitempty"`
	// Whether to set the branch as read-only. If this is true, users will not be able to push to the branch. (Optional.)
	LockBranch *Boolean `json:"lockBranch,omitempty"`
	// Whether users can pull changes from upstream when the branch is locked. Set to `true` to allow fork syncing. Set to `false` to prevent fork syncing. (Optional.)
	LockAllowsFetchAndMerge *Boolean `json:"lockAllowsFetchAndMerge,omitempty"`
}

UpdateBranchProtectionRuleInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateBranchProtectionRule.

type UpdateCheckRunInput 

type UpdateCheckRunInput struct {
	// The node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The node of the check. (Required.)
	CheckRunID ID `json:"checkRunId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The name of the check. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// The URL of the integrator's site that has the full details of the check. (Optional.)
	DetailsURL *URI `json:"detailsUrl,omitempty"`
	// A reference for the run on the integrator's system. (Optional.)
	ExternalID *String `json:"externalId,omitempty"`
	// The current status. (Optional.)
	Status *RequestableCheckStatusState `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// The time that the check run began. (Optional.)
	StartedAt *DateTime `json:"startedAt,omitempty"`
	// The final conclusion of the check. (Optional.)
	Conclusion *CheckConclusionState `json:"conclusion,omitempty"`
	// The time that the check run finished. (Optional.)
	CompletedAt *DateTime `json:"completedAt,omitempty"`
	// Descriptive details about the run. (Optional.)
	Output *CheckRunOutput `json:"output,omitempty"`
	// Possible further actions the integrator can perform, which a user may trigger. (Optional.)
	Actions *[]CheckRunAction `json:"actions,omitempty"`
}

UpdateCheckRunInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateCheckRun.

type UpdateCheckSuitePreferencesInput 

type UpdateCheckSuitePreferencesInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// The check suite preferences to modify. (Required.)
	AutoTriggerPreferences []CheckSuiteAutoTriggerPreference `json:"autoTriggerPreferences"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateCheckSuitePreferencesInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateCheckSuitePreferences.

type UpdateDiscussionCommentInput 

type UpdateDiscussionCommentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion comment to update. (Required.)
	CommentID ID `json:"commentId"`
	// The new contents of the comment body. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateDiscussionCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateDiscussionComment.

type UpdateDiscussionInput 

type UpdateDiscussionInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion to update. (Required.)
	DiscussionID ID `json:"discussionId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The new discussion title. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// The new contents of the discussion body. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of a discussion category within the same repository to change this discussion to. (Optional.)
	CategoryID *ID `json:"categoryId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateDiscussionInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateDiscussion.

type UpdateEnterpriseAdministratorRoleInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseAdministratorRoleInput struct {
	// The ID of the Enterprise which the admin belongs to. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The login of a administrator whose role is being changed. (Required.)
	Login String `json:"login"`
	// The new role for the Enterprise administrator. (Required.)
	Role EnterpriseAdministratorRole `json:"role"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseAdministratorRoleInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseAdministratorRole.

type UpdateEnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the allow private repository forking setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the allow private repository forking setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The value for the allow private repository forking policy on the enterprise. (Optional.)
	PolicyValue *EnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingPolicyValue `json:"policyValue,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the base repository permission setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the base repository permission setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseDefaultRepositoryPermissionSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanChangeRepositoryVisibilitySettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanChangeRepositoryVisibilitySettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the members can change repository visibility setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the members can change repository visibility setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanChangeRepositoryVisibilitySettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanChangeRepositoryVisibilitySetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the members can create repositories setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Value for the members can create repositories setting on the enterprise. This or the granular public/private/internal allowed fields (but not both) must be provided. (Optional.)
	SettingValue *EnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingValue `json:"settingValue,omitempty"`
	// When false, allow member organizations to set their own repository creation member privileges. (Optional.)
	MembersCanCreateRepositoriesPolicyEnabled *Boolean `json:"membersCanCreateRepositoriesPolicyEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Allow members to create public repositories. Defaults to current value. (Optional.)
	MembersCanCreatePublicRepositories *Boolean `json:"membersCanCreatePublicRepositories,omitempty"`
	// Allow members to create private repositories. Defaults to current value. (Optional.)
	MembersCanCreatePrivateRepositories *Boolean `json:"membersCanCreatePrivateRepositories,omitempty"`
	// Allow members to create internal repositories. Defaults to current value. (Optional.)
	MembersCanCreateInternalRepositories *Boolean `json:"membersCanCreateInternalRepositories,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanCreateRepositoriesSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteIssuesSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteIssuesSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the members can delete issues setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the members can delete issues setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteIssuesSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteIssuesSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteRepositoriesSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteRepositoriesSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the members can delete repositories setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the members can delete repositories setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteRepositoriesSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanDeleteRepositoriesSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanInviteCollaboratorsSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanInviteCollaboratorsSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the members can invite collaborators setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the members can invite collaborators setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanInviteCollaboratorsSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanInviteCollaboratorsSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the members can make purchases setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the members can make purchases setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanMakePurchasesSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanUpdateProtectedBranchesSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanUpdateProtectedBranchesSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the members can update protected branches setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the members can update protected branches setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanUpdateProtectedBranchesSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanUpdateProtectedBranchesSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanViewDependencyInsightsSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanViewDependencyInsightsSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the members can view dependency insights setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the members can view dependency insights setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanViewDependencyInsightsSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseMembersCanViewDependencyInsightsSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseOrganizationProjectsSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseOrganizationProjectsSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the organization projects setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the organization projects setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseOrganizationProjectsSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseOrganizationProjectsSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseOwnerOrganizationRoleInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseOwnerOrganizationRoleInput struct {
	// The ID of the Enterprise which the owner belongs to. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The ID of the organization for membership change. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`
	// The role to assume in the organization. (Required.)
	OrganizationRole RoleInOrganization `json:"organizationRole"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseOwnerOrganizationRoleInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseOwnerOrganizationRole.

type UpdateEnterpriseProfileInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseProfileInput struct {
	// The Enterprise ID to update. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The name of the enterprise. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// The description of the enterprise. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// The URL of the enterprise's website. (Optional.)
	WebsiteURL *String `json:"websiteUrl,omitempty"`
	// The location of the enterprise. (Optional.)
	Location *String `json:"location,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseProfileInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseProfile.

type UpdateEnterpriseRepositoryProjectsSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseRepositoryProjectsSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the repository projects setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the repository projects setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseRepositoryProjectsSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseRepositoryProjectsSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseTeamDiscussionsSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseTeamDiscussionsSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the team discussions setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the team discussions setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledDisabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseTeamDiscussionsSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseTeamDiscussionsSetting.

type UpdateEnterpriseTwoFactorAuthenticationRequiredSettingInput 

type UpdateEnterpriseTwoFactorAuthenticationRequiredSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the enterprise on which to set the two factor authentication required setting. (Required.)
	EnterpriseID ID `json:"enterpriseId"`
	// The value for the two factor authentication required setting on the enterprise. (Required.)
	SettingValue EnterpriseEnabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnterpriseTwoFactorAuthenticationRequiredSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnterpriseTwoFactorAuthenticationRequiredSetting.

type UpdateEnvironmentInput 

type UpdateEnvironmentInput struct {
	// The node ID of the environment. (Required.)
	EnvironmentID ID `json:"environmentId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The wait timer in minutes. (Optional.)
	WaitTimer *Int `json:"waitTimer,omitempty"`
	// The ids of users or teams that can approve deployments to this environment. (Optional.)
	Reviewers *[]ID `json:"reviewers,omitempty"`
	// Whether deployments to this environment can be approved by the user who created the deployment. (Optional.)
	PreventSelfReview *Boolean `json:"preventSelfReview,omitempty"`
}

UpdateEnvironmentInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateEnvironment.

type UpdateIpAllowListEnabledSettingInput 

type UpdateIpAllowListEnabledSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the owner on which to set the IP allow list enabled setting. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The value for the IP allow list enabled setting. (Required.)
	SettingValue IpAllowListEnabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateIpAllowListEnabledSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateIpAllowListEnabledSetting.

type UpdateIpAllowListEntryInput 

type UpdateIpAllowListEntryInput struct {
	// The ID of the IP allow list entry to update. (Required.)
	IPAllowListEntryID ID `json:"ipAllowListEntryId"`
	// An IP address or range of addresses in CIDR notation. (Required.)
	AllowListValue String `json:"allowListValue"`
	// Whether the IP allow list entry is active when an IP allow list is enabled. (Required.)
	IsActive Boolean `json:"isActive"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// An optional name for the IP allow list entry. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

UpdateIpAllowListEntryInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateIpAllowListEntry.

type UpdateIpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingInput 

type UpdateIpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the owner. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The value for the IP allow list configuration for installed GitHub Apps setting. (Required.)
	SettingValue IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateIpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateIpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSetting.

type UpdateIssueCommentInput 

type UpdateIssueCommentInput struct {
	// The ID of the IssueComment to modify. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`
	// The updated text of the comment. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateIssueCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateIssueComment.

type UpdateIssueInput 

type UpdateIssueInput struct {
	// The ID of the Issue to modify. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The title for the issue. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// The body for the issue description. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// An array of Node IDs of users for this issue. (Optional.)
	AssigneeIDs *[]ID `json:"assigneeIds,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the milestone for this issue. (Optional.)
	MilestoneID *ID `json:"milestoneId,omitempty"`
	// An array of Node IDs of labels for this issue. (Optional.)
	LabelIDs *[]ID `json:"labelIds,omitempty"`
	// The desired issue state. (Optional.)
	State *IssueState `json:"state,omitempty"`
	// An array of Node IDs for projects associated with this issue. (Optional.)
	ProjectIDs *[]ID `json:"projectIds,omitempty"`
}

UpdateIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateIssue.

type UpdateLabelInput 

type UpdateLabelInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the label to be updated. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// A 6 character hex code, without the leading #, identifying the updated color of the label. (Optional.)
	Color *String `json:"color,omitempty"`
	// A brief description of the label, such as its purpose. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// The updated name of the label. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

UpdateLabelInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateLabel.

type UpdateNotificationRestrictionSettingInput 

type UpdateNotificationRestrictionSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the owner on which to set the restrict notifications setting. (Required.)
	OwnerID ID `json:"ownerId"`
	// The value for the restrict notifications setting. (Required.)
	SettingValue NotificationRestrictionSettingValue `json:"settingValue"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateNotificationRestrictionSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateNotificationRestrictionSetting.

type UpdateOrganizationAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSettingInput 

type UpdateOrganizationAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the organization on which to set the allow private repository forking setting. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`
	// Enable forking of private repositories in the organization?. (Required.)
	ForkingEnabled Boolean `json:"forkingEnabled"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateOrganizationAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateOrganizationAllowPrivateRepositoryForkingSetting.

type UpdateOrganizationWebCommitSignoffSettingInput 

type UpdateOrganizationWebCommitSignoffSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the organization on which to set the web commit signoff setting. (Required.)
	OrganizationID ID `json:"organizationId"`
	// Enable signoff on web-based commits for repositories in the organization?. (Required.)
	WebCommitSignoffRequired Boolean `json:"webCommitSignoffRequired"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateOrganizationWebCommitSignoffSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateOrganizationWebCommitSignoffSetting.

type UpdateParametersInput 

type UpdateParametersInput struct {
	// Branch can pull changes from its upstream repository. (Required.)
	UpdateAllowsFetchAndMerge Boolean `json:"updateAllowsFetchAndMerge"`
}

UpdateParametersInput represents only allow users with bypass permission to update matching refs.

type UpdatePatreonSponsorabilityInput 

type UpdatePatreonSponsorabilityInput struct {
	// Whether Patreon tiers should be shown on the GitHub Sponsors profile page, allowing potential sponsors to make their payment through Patreon instead of GitHub. (Required.)
	EnablePatreonSponsorships Boolean `json:"enablePatreonSponsorships"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the organization with the GitHub Sponsors profile, if any. Defaults to the GitHub Sponsors profile for the authenticated user if omitted. (Optional.)
	SponsorableLogin *String `json:"sponsorableLogin,omitempty"`
}

UpdatePatreonSponsorabilityInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdatePatreonSponsorability.

type UpdateProjectCardInput 

type UpdateProjectCardInput struct {
	// The ProjectCard ID to update. (Required.)
	ProjectCardID ID `json:"projectCardId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Whether or not the ProjectCard should be archived. (Optional.)
	IsArchived *Boolean `json:"isArchived,omitempty"`
	// The note of ProjectCard. (Optional.)
	Note *String `json:"note,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectCardInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProjectCard.

type UpdateProjectColumnInput 

type UpdateProjectColumnInput struct {
	// The ProjectColumn ID to update. (Required.)
	ProjectColumnID ID `json:"projectColumnId"`
	// The name of project column. (Required.)
	Name String `json:"name"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectColumnInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProjectColumn.

type UpdateProjectInput 

type UpdateProjectInput struct {
	// The Project ID to update. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The name of project. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// The description of project. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// Whether the project is open or closed. (Optional.)
	State *ProjectState `json:"state,omitempty"`
	// Whether the project is public or not. (Optional.)
	Public *Boolean `json:"public,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProject.

type UpdateProjectV2CollaboratorsInput 

type UpdateProjectV2CollaboratorsInput struct {
	// The ID of the project to update the collaborators for. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The collaborators to update. (Required.)
	Collaborators []ProjectV2Collaborator `json:"collaborators"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectV2CollaboratorsInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProjectV2Collaborators.

type UpdateProjectV2DraftIssueInput 

type UpdateProjectV2DraftIssueInput struct {
	// The ID of the draft issue to update. (Required.)
	DraftIssueID ID `json:"draftIssueId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The title of the draft issue. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// The body of the draft issue. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The IDs of the assignees of the draft issue. (Optional.)
	AssigneeIDs *[]ID `json:"assigneeIds,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectV2DraftIssueInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProjectV2DraftIssue.

type UpdateProjectV2Input 

type UpdateProjectV2Input struct {
	// The ID of the Project to update. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Set the title of the project. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// Set the short description of the project. (Optional.)
	ShortDescription *String `json:"shortDescription,omitempty"`
	// Set the readme description of the project. (Optional.)
	Readme *String `json:"readme,omitempty"`
	// Set the project to closed or open. (Optional.)
	Closed *Boolean `json:"closed,omitempty"`
	// Set the project to public or private. (Optional.)
	Public *Boolean `json:"public,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectV2Input is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProjectV2.

type UpdateProjectV2ItemFieldValueInput 

type UpdateProjectV2ItemFieldValueInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the item to be updated. (Required.)
	ItemID ID `json:"itemId"`
	// The ID of the field to be updated. (Required.)
	FieldID ID `json:"fieldId"`
	// The value which will be set on the field. (Required.)
	Value ProjectV2FieldValue `json:"value"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectV2ItemFieldValueInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProjectV2ItemFieldValue.

type UpdateProjectV2ItemPositionInput 

type UpdateProjectV2ItemPositionInput struct {
	// The ID of the Project. (Required.)
	ProjectID ID `json:"projectId"`
	// The ID of the item to be moved. (Required.)
	ItemID ID `json:"itemId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the item to position this item after. If omitted or set to null the item will be moved to top. (Optional.)
	AfterID *ID `json:"afterId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectV2ItemPositionInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProjectV2ItemPosition.

type UpdateProjectV2StatusUpdateInput 

type UpdateProjectV2StatusUpdateInput struct {
	// The ID of the status update to be updated. (Required.)
	StatusUpdateID ID `json:"statusUpdateId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The start date of the status update. (Optional.)
	StartDate *Date `json:"startDate,omitempty"`
	// The target date of the status update. (Optional.)
	TargetDate *Date `json:"targetDate,omitempty"`
	// The status of the status update. (Optional.)
	Status *ProjectV2StatusUpdateStatus `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// The body of the status update. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
}

UpdateProjectV2StatusUpdateInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateProjectV2StatusUpdate.

type UpdatePullRequestBranchInput 

type UpdatePullRequestBranchInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The head ref oid for the upstream branch. (Optional.)
	ExpectedHeadOid *GitObjectID `json:"expectedHeadOid,omitempty"`
	// The update branch method to use. If omitted, defaults to 'MERGE'. (Optional.)
	UpdateMethod *PullRequestBranchUpdateMethod `json:"updateMethod,omitempty"`
}

UpdatePullRequestBranchInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdatePullRequestBranch.

type UpdatePullRequestInput 

type UpdatePullRequestInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request. (Required.)
	PullRequestID ID `json:"pullRequestId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The name of the branch you want your changes pulled into. This should be an existing branch on the current repository. (Optional.)
	BaseRefName *String `json:"baseRefName,omitempty"`
	// The title of the pull request. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// The contents of the pull request. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The target state of the pull request. (Optional.)
	State *PullRequestUpdateState `json:"state,omitempty"`
	// Indicates whether maintainers can modify the pull request. (Optional.)
	MaintainerCanModify *Boolean `json:"maintainerCanModify,omitempty"`
	// An array of Node IDs of users for this pull request. (Optional.)
	AssigneeIDs *[]ID `json:"assigneeIds,omitempty"`
	// The Node ID of the milestone for this pull request. (Optional.)
	MilestoneID *ID `json:"milestoneId,omitempty"`
	// An array of Node IDs of labels for this pull request. (Optional.)
	LabelIDs *[]ID `json:"labelIds,omitempty"`
	// An array of Node IDs for projects associated with this pull request. (Optional.)
	ProjectIDs *[]ID `json:"projectIds,omitempty"`
}

UpdatePullRequestInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdatePullRequest.

type UpdatePullRequestReviewCommentInput 

type UpdatePullRequestReviewCommentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the comment to modify. (Required.)
	PullRequestReviewCommentID ID `json:"pullRequestReviewCommentId"`
	// The text of the comment. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdatePullRequestReviewCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdatePullRequestReviewComment.

type UpdatePullRequestReviewInput 

type UpdatePullRequestReviewInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the pull request review to modify. (Required.)
	PullRequestReviewID ID `json:"pullRequestReviewId"`
	// The contents of the pull request review body. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdatePullRequestReviewInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdatePullRequestReview.

type UpdateRefInput 

type UpdateRefInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the Ref to be updated. (Required.)
	RefID ID `json:"refId"`
	// The GitObjectID that the Ref shall be updated to target. (Required.)
	Oid GitObjectID `json:"oid"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// Permit updates of branch Refs that are not fast-forwards?. (Optional.)
	Force *Boolean `json:"force,omitempty"`
}

UpdateRefInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateRef.

type UpdateRefsInput 

type UpdateRefsInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// A list of ref updates. (Required.)
	RefUpdates []RefUpdate `json:"refUpdates"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateRefsInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateRefs.

type UpdateRepositoryInput 

type UpdateRepositoryInput struct {
	// The ID of the repository to update. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The new name of the repository. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// A new description for the repository. Pass an empty string to erase the existing description. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Whether this repository should be marked as a template such that anyone who can access it can create new repositories with the same files and directory structure. (Optional.)
	Template *Boolean `json:"template,omitempty"`
	// The URL for a web page about this repository. Pass an empty string to erase the existing URL. (Optional.)
	HomepageURL *URI `json:"homepageUrl,omitempty"`
	// Indicates if the repository should have the wiki feature enabled. (Optional.)
	HasWikiEnabled *Boolean `json:"hasWikiEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Indicates if the repository should have the issues feature enabled. (Optional.)
	HasIssuesEnabled *Boolean `json:"hasIssuesEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Indicates if the repository should have the project boards feature enabled. (Optional.)
	HasProjectsEnabled *Boolean `json:"hasProjectsEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Indicates if the repository should have the discussions feature enabled. (Optional.)
	HasDiscussionsEnabled *Boolean `json:"hasDiscussionsEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Indicates if the repository displays a Sponsor button for financial contributions. (Optional.)
	HasSponsorshipsEnabled *Boolean `json:"hasSponsorshipsEnabled,omitempty"`
}

UpdateRepositoryInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateRepository.

type UpdateRepositoryRulesetInput 

type UpdateRepositoryRulesetInput struct {
	// The global relay id of the repository ruleset to be updated. (Required.)
	RepositoryRulesetID ID `json:"repositoryRulesetId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The name of the ruleset. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// The target of the ruleset. (Optional.)
	Target *RepositoryRulesetTarget `json:"target,omitempty"`
	// The list of rules for this ruleset. (Optional.)
	Rules *[]RepositoryRuleInput `json:"rules,omitempty"`
	// The list of conditions for this ruleset. (Optional.)
	Conditions *RepositoryRuleConditionsInput `json:"conditions,omitempty"`
	// The enforcement level for this ruleset. (Optional.)
	Enforcement *RuleEnforcement `json:"enforcement,omitempty"`
	// A list of actors that are allowed to bypass rules in this ruleset. (Optional.)
	BypassActors *[]RepositoryRulesetBypassActorInput `json:"bypassActors,omitempty"`
}

UpdateRepositoryRulesetInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateRepositoryRuleset.

type UpdateRepositoryWebCommitSignoffSettingInput 

type UpdateRepositoryWebCommitSignoffSettingInput struct {
	// The ID of the repository to update. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// Indicates if the repository should require signoff on web-based commits. (Required.)
	WebCommitSignoffRequired Boolean `json:"webCommitSignoffRequired"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateRepositoryWebCommitSignoffSettingInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateRepositoryWebCommitSignoffSetting.

type UpdateSponsorshipPreferencesInput 

type UpdateSponsorshipPreferencesInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the user or organization who is acting as the sponsor, paying for the sponsorship. Required if sponsorLogin is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorID *ID `json:"sponsorId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the user or organization who is acting as the sponsor, paying for the sponsorship. Required if sponsorId is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorLogin *String `json:"sponsorLogin,omitempty"`
	// The ID of the user or organization who is receiving the sponsorship. Required if sponsorableLogin is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableID *ID `json:"sponsorableId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the user or organization who is receiving the sponsorship. Required if sponsorableId is not given. (Optional.)
	SponsorableLogin *String `json:"sponsorableLogin,omitempty"`
	// Whether the sponsor should receive email updates from the sponsorable. (Optional.)
	ReceiveEmails *Boolean `json:"receiveEmails,omitempty"`
	// Specify whether others should be able to see that the sponsor is sponsoring the sponsorable. Public visibility still does not reveal which tier is used. (Optional.)
	PrivacyLevel *SponsorshipPrivacy `json:"privacyLevel,omitempty"`
}

UpdateSponsorshipPreferencesInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateSponsorshipPreferences.

type UpdateSubscriptionInput 

type UpdateSubscriptionInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the subscribable object to modify. (Required.)
	SubscribableID ID `json:"subscribableId"`
	// The new state of the subscription. (Required.)
	State SubscriptionState `json:"state"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateSubscriptionInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateSubscription.

type UpdateTeamDiscussionCommentInput 

type UpdateTeamDiscussionCommentInput struct {
	// The ID of the comment to modify. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`
	// The updated text of the comment. (Required.)
	Body String `json:"body"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The current version of the body content. (Optional.)
	BodyVersion *String `json:"bodyVersion,omitempty"`
}

UpdateTeamDiscussionCommentInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateTeamDiscussionComment.

type UpdateTeamDiscussionInput 

type UpdateTeamDiscussionInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the discussion to modify. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The updated title of the discussion. (Optional.)
	Title *String `json:"title,omitempty"`
	// The updated text of the discussion. (Optional.)
	Body *String `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// The current version of the body content. If provided, this update operation will be rejected if the given version does not match the latest version on the server. (Optional.)
	BodyVersion *String `json:"bodyVersion,omitempty"`
	// If provided, sets the pinned state of the updated discussion. (Optional.)
	Pinned *Boolean `json:"pinned,omitempty"`
}

UpdateTeamDiscussionInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateTeamDiscussion.

type UpdateTeamReviewAssignmentInput 

type UpdateTeamReviewAssignmentInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the team to update review assignments of. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`
	// Turn on or off review assignment. (Required.)
	Enabled Boolean `json:"enabled"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The algorithm to use for review assignment. (Optional.)
	Algorithm *TeamReviewAssignmentAlgorithm `json:"algorithm,omitempty"`
	// The number of team members to assign. (Optional.)
	TeamMemberCount *Int `json:"teamMemberCount,omitempty"`
	// Notify the entire team of the PR if it is delegated. (Optional.)
	NotifyTeam *Boolean `json:"notifyTeam,omitempty"`
	// Remove the team review request when assigning. (Optional.)
	RemoveTeamRequest *Boolean `json:"removeTeamRequest,omitempty"`
	// Include the members of any child teams when assigning. (Optional.)
	IncludeChildTeamMembers *Boolean `json:"includeChildTeamMembers,omitempty"`
	// Count any members whose review has already been requested against the required number of members assigned to review. (Optional.)
	CountMembersAlreadyRequested *Boolean `json:"countMembersAlreadyRequested,omitempty"`
	// An array of team member IDs to exclude. (Optional.)
	ExcludedTeamMemberIDs *[]ID `json:"excludedTeamMemberIds,omitempty"`
}

UpdateTeamReviewAssignmentInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateTeamReviewAssignment.

type UpdateTeamsRepositoryInput 

type UpdateTeamsRepositoryInput struct {
	// Repository ID being granted access to. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// A list of teams being granted access. Limit: 10. (Required.)
	TeamIDs []ID `json:"teamIds"`
	// Permission that should be granted to the teams. (Required.)
	Permission RepositoryPermission `json:"permission"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateTeamsRepositoryInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateTeamsRepository.

type UpdateTopicsInput 

type UpdateTopicsInput struct {
	// The Node ID of the repository. (Required.)
	RepositoryID ID `json:"repositoryId"`
	// An array of topic names. (Required.)
	TopicNames []String `json:"topicNames"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

UpdateTopicsInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateTopics.

type UpdateUserListInput 

type UpdateUserListInput struct {
	// The ID of the list to update. (Required.)
	ListID ID `json:"listId"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The name of the list. (Optional.)
	Name *String `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// A description of the list. (Optional.)
	Description *String `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Whether or not the list is private. (Optional.)
	IsPrivate *Boolean `json:"isPrivate,omitempty"`
}

UpdateUserListInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateUserList.

type UpdateUserListsForItemInput 

type UpdateUserListsForItemInput struct {
	// The item to add to the list. (Required.)
	ItemID ID `json:"itemId"`
	// The lists to which this item should belong. (Required.)
	ListIDs []ID `json:"listIds"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
	// The suggested lists to create and add this item to. (Optional.)
	SuggestedListIDs *[]ID `json:"suggestedListIds,omitempty"`
}

UpdateUserListsForItemInput is an autogenerated input type of UpdateUserListsForItem.

type UserBlockDuration 

type UserBlockDuration string

UserBlockDuration represents the possible durations that a user can be blocked for. 

const (
	UserBlockDurationOneDay    UserBlockDuration = "ONE_DAY"    // The user was blocked for 1 day.
	UserBlockDurationThreeDays UserBlockDuration = "THREE_DAYS" // The user was blocked for 3 days.
	UserBlockDurationOneWeek   UserBlockDuration = "ONE_WEEK"   // The user was blocked for 7 days.
	UserBlockDurationOneMonth  UserBlockDuration = "ONE_MONTH"  // The user was blocked for 30 days.
	UserBlockDurationPermanent UserBlockDuration = "PERMANENT"  // The user was blocked permanently.
)

The possible durations that a user can be blocked for.

type UserStatusOrder 

type UserStatusOrder struct {
	// The field to order user statuses by. (Required.)
	Field UserStatusOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

UserStatusOrder represents ordering options for user status connections.

type UserStatusOrderField 

type UserStatusOrderField string

UserStatusOrderField represents properties by which user status connections can be ordered. 

const (
	UserStatusOrderFieldUpdatedAt UserStatusOrderField = "UPDATED_AT" // Order user statuses by when they were updated.
)

Properties by which user status connections can be ordered.

type VerifiableDomainOrder 

type VerifiableDomainOrder struct {
	// The field to order verifiable domains by. (Required.)
	Field VerifiableDomainOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The ordering direction. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

VerifiableDomainOrder represents ordering options for verifiable domain connections.

type VerifiableDomainOrderField 

type VerifiableDomainOrderField string

VerifiableDomainOrderField represents properties by which verifiable domain connections can be ordered. 

const (
	VerifiableDomainOrderFieldDomain    VerifiableDomainOrderField = "DOMAIN"     // Order verifiable domains by the domain name.
	VerifiableDomainOrderFieldCreatedAt VerifiableDomainOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order verifiable domains by their creation date.
)

Properties by which verifiable domain connections can be ordered.

type VerifyVerifiableDomainInput 

type VerifyVerifiableDomainInput struct {
	// The ID of the verifiable domain to verify. (Required.)
	ID ID `json:"id"`

	// A unique identifier for the client performing the mutation. (Optional.)
	ClientMutationID *String `json:"clientMutationId,omitempty"`
}

VerifyVerifiableDomainInput is an autogenerated input type of VerifyVerifiableDomain.

type WorkflowFileReferenceInput 

type WorkflowFileReferenceInput struct {
	// The path to the workflow file. (Required.)
	Path String `json:"path"`
	// The ID of the repository where the workflow is defined. (Required.)
	RepositoryID Int `json:"repositoryId"`

	// The ref (branch or tag) of the workflow file to use. (Optional.)
	Ref *String `json:"ref,omitempty"`
	// The commit SHA of the workflow file to use. (Optional.)
	Sha *String `json:"sha,omitempty"`
}

WorkflowFileReferenceInput represents a workflow that must run for this rule to pass.

type WorkflowRunOrder 

type WorkflowRunOrder struct {
	// The field by which to order workflows. (Required.)
	Field WorkflowRunOrderField `json:"field"`
	// The direction in which to order workflow runs by the specified field. (Required.)
	Direction OrderDirection `json:"direction"`
}

WorkflowRunOrder represents ways in which lists of workflow runs can be ordered upon return.

type WorkflowRunOrderField 

type WorkflowRunOrderField string

WorkflowRunOrderField represents properties by which workflow run connections can be ordered. 

const (
	WorkflowRunOrderFieldCreatedAt WorkflowRunOrderField = "CREATED_AT" // Order workflow runs by most recently created.
)

Properties by which workflow run connections can be ordered.

type WorkflowState 

type WorkflowState string

WorkflowState represents the possible states for a workflow. 

const (
	WorkflowStateActive             WorkflowState = "ACTIVE"              // The workflow is active.
	WorkflowStateDeleted            WorkflowState = "DELETED"             // The workflow was deleted from the git repository.
	WorkflowStateDisabledFork       WorkflowState = "DISABLED_FORK"       // The workflow was disabled by default on a fork.
	WorkflowStateDisabledInactivity WorkflowState = "DISABLED_INACTIVITY" // The workflow was disabled for inactivity in the repository.
	WorkflowStateDisabledManually   WorkflowState = "DISABLED_MANUALLY"   // The workflow was disabled manually.
)

The possible states for a workflow.

type WorkflowsParametersInput 

type WorkflowsParametersInput struct {
	// Workflows that must pass for this rule to pass. (Required.)
	Workflows []WorkflowFileReferenceInput `json:"workflows"`

	// Allow repositories and branches to be created if a check would otherwise prohibit it. (Optional.)
	DoNotEnforceOnCreate *Boolean `json:"doNotEnforceOnCreate,omitempty"`
}

WorkflowsParametersInput represents require all changes made to a targeted branch to pass the specified workflows before they can be merged.

type X509Certificate 

type X509Certificate struct{ *x509.Certificate }

X509Certificate is a valid x509 certificate.

func NewX509Certificate 

func NewX509Certificate(v X509Certificate) *X509Certificate

NewX509Certificate is a helper to make a new *X509Certificate.

func (X509Certificate) MarshalJSON 

func (x X509Certificate) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error)

MarshalJSON implements the json.Marshaler interface.

func (*X509Certificate) UnmarshalJSON 

func (x *X509Certificate) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error

UnmarshalJSON implements the json.Unmarshaler interface.

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
example
githubv4dev
githubv4dev is a test program currently being used for developing githubv4 package.
 githubv4dev is a test program currently being used for developing githubv4 package.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.